| 1 | /* $Id: pe2lx.cpp,v 1.34 2001-10-15 20:46:20 sandervl Exp $ | 
|---|
| 2 | * | 
|---|
| 3 | * Pe2Lx class implementation. Ring 0 and Ring 3 | 
|---|
| 4 | * | 
|---|
| 5 | * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 knut st. osmundsen (knut.stange.osmundsen@mynd.no) | 
|---|
| 6 | * Copyright (c) 1998 Sander van Leeuwen (sandervl@xs4all.nl) | 
|---|
| 7 | * Copyright (c) 1998 Peter Fitzsimmons | 
|---|
| 8 | * | 
|---|
| 9 | * Project Odin Software License can be found in LICENSE.TXT | 
|---|
| 10 | * | 
|---|
| 11 | */ | 
|---|
| 12 |  | 
|---|
| 13 |  | 
|---|
| 14 | /******************************************************************************* | 
|---|
| 15 | *   Defined Constants And Macros                                               * | 
|---|
| 16 | *******************************************************************************/ | 
|---|
| 17 | #define FOR_EXEHDR 1                    /* To make all object flags OBJ???. */ | 
|---|
| 18 | #define INCL_DOSERRORS                  /* DOS Error codes. */ | 
|---|
| 19 | #define INCL_OS2KRNL_LDR                /* Loader definitions. */ | 
|---|
| 20 | #define INCL_OS2KRNL_PTDA               /* PTDA definitions. */ | 
|---|
| 21 | #ifdef RING0 | 
|---|
| 22 | #define INCL_NOAPI                  /* RING0: No apis. */ | 
|---|
| 23 | #else /*RING3*/ | 
|---|
| 24 | #define INCL_DOSPROCESS             /* RING3: DosSleep. */ | 
|---|
| 25 | #define INCL_OS2KRNL_LDR_NOAPIS     /* No apis */ | 
|---|
| 26 | #endif | 
|---|
| 27 |  | 
|---|
| 28 |  | 
|---|
| 29 | /* | 
|---|
| 30 | * Configuration | 
|---|
| 31 | */ | 
|---|
| 32 | #define ORD_REGISTERPE2LXEXE        1203UL  /* ordinal entry number for KERNEL32.RegisterPe2LxExe. */ | 
|---|
| 33 | #define ORD_REGISTERPE2LXDLL        1209UL  /* Ordinal entry number for KERNEL32.RegisterPe2LxDll. */ | 
|---|
| 34 | #define TIBFIX_OFF_CALLADDRESS        14UL  /* offset of 'mov cx, KERNEL32:RegisterPe2LxDll/Exe' */ | 
|---|
| 35 | #define EXTRA_FIXUPS                   1    /* TIBFIX call to KERNEL32:RegisterPe2LxDll/Exe. */ | 
|---|
| 36 | #define SIZEOF_TIBFIX     sizeof(achTIBFix) | 
|---|
| 37 |  | 
|---|
| 38 | #define MIN_STACK_SIZE              0x20000 /* 128KB stack */ | 
|---|
| 39 |  | 
|---|
| 40 |  | 
|---|
| 41 | /* | 
|---|
| 42 | * (macro) | 
|---|
| 43 | * Allocates more memory for pointer 'pointer'. | 
|---|
| 44 | * @returns   ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY if realloc or malloc failes. | 
|---|
| 45 | * @param     test         Test which is TRUE if more memory have to be allocated. | 
|---|
| 46 | * @param     pointer      Variable name of the pointer which holds/will hold the memory. | 
|---|
| 47 | *                         This variable may be changed to point on new memory block. | 
|---|
| 48 | * @param     pointertype  Type of the pointer. | 
|---|
| 49 | * @param     cballocated  Variable which holds the count of bytes currently allocated. | 
|---|
| 50 | *                         This variable will be updated with the new amount of memory. | 
|---|
| 51 | * @param     initsize     Initial count of bytes allocated. | 
|---|
| 52 | * @param     addsize      Count of bytes to add when the amount of memory is increased. | 
|---|
| 53 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 54 | */ | 
|---|
| 55 | #define AllocateMoreMemory(test, pointer, pointertype, cballocated, initsize, addsize) \ | 
|---|
| 56 | if (test)                                                             \ | 
|---|
| 57 | {                                                                     \ | 
|---|
| 58 | if (pointer != NULL)                                              \ | 
|---|
| 59 | {                                                                 \ | 
|---|
| 60 | PVOID pv = realloc(pointer, (size_t)(cballocated + addsize)); \ | 
|---|
| 61 | if (pv == NULL)                                               \ | 
|---|
| 62 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY;                           \ | 
|---|
| 63 | pointer = (pointertype)pv;                                    \ | 
|---|
| 64 | cballocated += addsize;                                       \ | 
|---|
| 65 | }                                                                 \ | 
|---|
| 66 | else                                                              \ | 
|---|
| 67 | {   /* first block */                                             \ | 
|---|
| 68 | pointer = (pointertype)malloc((size_t)(initsize));            \ | 
|---|
| 69 | if (pointer == NULL)                                          \ | 
|---|
| 70 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY;                           \ | 
|---|
| 71 | cballocated = initsize;                                       \ | 
|---|
| 72 | }                                                                 \ | 
|---|
| 73 | } | 
|---|
| 74 |  | 
|---|
| 75 |  | 
|---|
| 76 |  | 
|---|
| 77 | /******************************************************************************* | 
|---|
| 78 | *   Header Files                                                               * | 
|---|
| 79 | *******************************************************************************/ | 
|---|
| 80 | #include <os2.h>                        /* OS/2 header file. */ | 
|---|
| 81 | #include <peexe.h>                      /* Wine PE structs and definitions. */ | 
|---|
| 82 | #include <neexe.h>                      /* Wine NE structs and definitions. */ | 
|---|
| 83 | #include <newexe.h>                     /* OS/2 NE structs and definitions. */ | 
|---|
| 84 | #include <exe386.h>                     /* OS/2 LX structs and definitions. */ | 
|---|
| 85 |  | 
|---|
| 86 | #include "devSegDf.h"                   /* Win32k segment definitions. */ | 
|---|
| 87 |  | 
|---|
| 88 | #include "malloc.h"                     /* win32k malloc (resident). Not C library! */ | 
|---|
| 89 | #include "smalloc.h"                    /* win32k swappable heap. */ | 
|---|
| 90 | #include "rmalloc.h"                    /* win32k resident heap. */ | 
|---|
| 91 |  | 
|---|
| 92 | #include <string.h>                     /* C library string.h. */ | 
|---|
| 93 | #include <stdlib.h>                     /* C library stdlib.h. */ | 
|---|
| 94 | #include <stddef.h>                     /* C library stddef.h. */ | 
|---|
| 95 | #include <stdarg.h>                     /* C library stdarg.h. */ | 
|---|
| 96 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 97 | #include <stdio.h> | 
|---|
| 98 | #endif | 
|---|
| 99 |  | 
|---|
| 100 | #include "vprintf.h"                    /* win32k printf and vprintf. Not C library! */ | 
|---|
| 101 | #include "dev32.h"                      /* 32-Bit part of the device driver. (SSToDS) */ | 
|---|
| 102 | #include "OS2Krnl.h"                    /* kernel structs.  (SFN) */ | 
|---|
| 103 | #ifdef RING0 | 
|---|
| 104 | #include "avl.h"                    /* AVL tree. (ldr.h need it) */ | 
|---|
| 105 | #include "ldr.h"                    /* ldr helpers. (ldrGetExePath) */ | 
|---|
| 106 | #include "env.h"                    /* Environment helpers. */ | 
|---|
| 107 | #include "dev32hlp.h"               /* 32-bit devhlpers. Needs LOCKHANDLE. */ | 
|---|
| 108 | #include "PerTaskW32kData.h"        /* Per Task Win32k Data. */ | 
|---|
| 109 | #endif | 
|---|
| 110 | #include "modulebase.h"                 /* ModuleBase class definitions, ++. */ | 
|---|
| 111 | #include "pe2lx.h"                      /* Pe2Lx class definitions, ++. */ | 
|---|
| 112 | #include <versionos2.h>                 /* Pe2Lx version. */ | 
|---|
| 113 | #include "yield.h"                      /* Yield CPU. */ | 
|---|
| 114 | #include "options.h"                    /* Win32k options. */ | 
|---|
| 115 |  | 
|---|
| 116 |  | 
|---|
| 117 | /******************************************************************************* | 
|---|
| 118 | *   Global Variables                                                           * | 
|---|
| 119 | *******************************************************************************/ | 
|---|
| 120 | /** | 
|---|
| 121 | * TIBFix code. This is the entry code for both EXEs and DLLs. All it does is | 
|---|
| 122 | * calling a KERNEL32 function with tree parameters. | 
|---|
| 123 | * For EXE: RegisterPe2LxExe; DLL: RegisterPe2LxDll. | 
|---|
| 124 | */ | 
|---|
| 125 | static UCHAR achTIBFix[] = | 
|---|
| 126 | { | 
|---|
| 127 | /* push  [esp+8] */ | 
|---|
| 128 | 0xFF, 0x74, 0x24, 0x08, | 
|---|
| 129 | /* push  [esp+4] */ | 
|---|
| 130 | 0xFF, 0x74, 0x24, 0x08, | 
|---|
| 131 | /* push internal pe2lx version */ | 
|---|
| 132 | 0x68, (UCHAR)(PE2LX_VERSION), | 
|---|
| 133 | (UCHAR)((PE2LX_VERSION) >> 8), | 
|---|
| 134 | (UCHAR)((PE2LX_VERSION) >> 16), | 
|---|
| 135 | #ifdef RING0                                    /* RING0:                                             */ | 
|---|
| 136 | (UCHAR)(((PE2LX_VERSION) >> 24) | 0x80),  /* Win32k flag (high bit of the version dword) set.   */ | 
|---|
| 137 | #else                                           /* RING3:                                             */ | 
|---|
| 138 | (UCHAR)((PE2LX_VERSION) >> 24),           /* Win32k flag (high bit of the version dword) clear. */ | 
|---|
| 139 | #endif | 
|---|
| 140 | /* mov   ecx, KERNEL32:RegisterPe2LxDll/Exe (stdcall) */ | 
|---|
| 141 | 0xB9, 0x99, 0x99, 0x99, 0x99, | 
|---|
| 142 | /* call  ecx */ | 
|---|
| 143 | 0xFF, 0xD1, | 
|---|
| 144 | /* ret */ | 
|---|
| 145 | 0xC3 | 
|---|
| 146 | }; | 
|---|
| 147 |  | 
|---|
| 148 |  | 
|---|
| 149 | /** | 
|---|
| 150 | * Conversion table. Used when converting characteristics for sections to flags for objects. | 
|---|
| 151 | * Usage: Loop through the table checking if the characterisicts matches ((x & ch) = ch). | 
|---|
| 152 | *        When a match is found, the flFlags are ORed to the object flags. | 
|---|
| 153 | */ | 
|---|
| 154 | struct Pe2Lx::PeCharacteristicsToLxFlags Pe2Lx::paSecChars2Flags[] = | 
|---|
| 155 | {   /* PE section characteristics               LX object flags */ | 
|---|
| 156 | {IMAGE_SCN_CNT_CODE,                        OBJBIGDEF | OBJREAD | OBJEXEC}, | 
|---|
| 157 | {IMAGE_SCN_MEM_DISCARDABLE,                 OBJBIGDEF | OBJDISCARD}, | 
|---|
| 158 | {IMAGE_SCN_MEM_SHARED,                      OBJBIGDEF | OBJSHARED}, | 
|---|
| 159 | {IMAGE_SCN_MEM_EXECUTE,                     OBJBIGDEF | OBJREAD | OBJEXEC}, | 
|---|
| 160 | {IMAGE_SCN_MEM_READ,                        OBJBIGDEF | OBJREAD}, | 
|---|
| 161 | {IMAGE_SCN_MEM_WRITE,                       OBJBIGDEF | OBJREAD | OBJWRITE} | 
|---|
| 162 | }; | 
|---|
| 163 |  | 
|---|
| 164 |  | 
|---|
| 165 | /** | 
|---|
| 166 | * The Pe2Lx LieList. This list is used when there is a name difference between | 
|---|
| 167 | * the odin32 module name and the win32 modulename. A reason for such a difference | 
|---|
| 168 | * is for example that the modulename exists in OS/2 or another OS/2 product. | 
|---|
| 169 | * | 
|---|
| 170 | * When this list is updated a similar list in kernel32\xxxx.cpp should also be | 
|---|
| 171 | * updated! | 
|---|
| 172 | */ | 
|---|
| 173 | struct Pe2Lx::LieListEntry Pe2Lx::paLieList[] = | 
|---|
| 174 | {   /* Win32 Module name                   Odin32 Module name*/ | 
|---|
| 175 | {"NETAPI32",                           "WNETAP32"}, | 
|---|
| 176 | {"NETAPI32.DLL",                       "WNETAP32"}, | 
|---|
| 177 | {"OLE32",                              "OLE32OS2"}, | 
|---|
| 178 | {"OLE32.DLL",                          "OLE32OS2"}, | 
|---|
| 179 | {"OLEAUT32.DLL",                       "OLAUTOS2"}, | 
|---|
| 180 | {"OLEAUT32",                           "OLAUTOS2"}, | 
|---|
| 181 | {"OPENGL",                             "OPENGL32"}, | 
|---|
| 182 | {"OPENGL.DLL",                         "OPENGL32"}, | 
|---|
| 183 | {"CRTDLL",                             "CRTDLL32"}, | 
|---|
| 184 | {"CRTDLL.DLL",                         "CRTDLL32"}, | 
|---|
| 185 | {"MCICDA.DRV",                         "MCICDA.DLL"}, | 
|---|
| 186 | {"WINSPOOL.DRV",                       "WINSPOOL.DLL"}, | 
|---|
| 187 | {NULL,                                 NULL} /* end-of-list entry */ | 
|---|
| 188 | }; | 
|---|
| 189 |  | 
|---|
| 190 | LONG            Pe2Lx::cLoadedModules;  /* Count of existing objects. Updated by constructor and destructor. */ | 
|---|
| 191 | const char *    Pe2Lx::pszOdin32Path;   /* Odin32 base path (include a slash). */ | 
|---|
| 192 | ULONG           Pe2Lx::cchOdin32Path;   /* Odin32 base path length. */ | 
|---|
| 193 | SFN             Pe2Lx::sfnKernel32;     /* Odin32 Kernel32 filehandle. */ | 
|---|
| 194 |  | 
|---|
| 195 |  | 
|---|
| 196 |  | 
|---|
| 197 | /** | 
|---|
| 198 | * Constructor. Initiates all data members and sets hFile. | 
|---|
| 199 | * @param     hFile  Filehandle. | 
|---|
| 200 | * @status    Completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 201 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 202 | * @remark    Remember to update this everytime a new parameter is added. | 
|---|
| 203 | */ | 
|---|
| 204 | Pe2Lx::Pe2Lx(SFN hFile) : | 
|---|
| 205 | ModuleBase(hFile), | 
|---|
| 206 | fAllInOneObject(FALSE), paObjects(NULL), cObjects(0), cObjectsAllocated(0), | 
|---|
| 207 | paObjTab(NULL), paObjPageTab(NULL), | 
|---|
| 208 | pachResNameTable(NULL), offCurResName(0), cchRNTAllocated(0), | 
|---|
| 209 | pEntryBundles(NULL), offCurEntryBundle(0), offLastEntryBundle(0), | 
|---|
| 210 | ulLastOrdinal(0), cbEBAllocated(0), | 
|---|
| 211 | fForwarders(FALSE), | 
|---|
| 212 | paulFixupPageTable(NULL), cFixupPTEntries(0), cFPTEAllocated(0), | 
|---|
| 213 | pFixupRecords(NULL), offCurFixupRec(0), cbFRAllocated(0), | 
|---|
| 214 | pvCrossPageFixup(NULL), cbCrossPageFixup(0), | 
|---|
| 215 | pachImpModuleNames(NULL), offCurImpModuleName(0), cchIMNAllocated(0), | 
|---|
| 216 | pachImpFunctionNames(NULL), offCurImpFunctionName(0), cchIFNAllocated(0), | 
|---|
| 217 | offNtHeaders(0), pNtHdrs(NULL), ulImageBase(0UL), pBaseRelocs(0), | 
|---|
| 218 | fApplyFixups(~0UL), fDeltaOnly(0) | 
|---|
| 219 | { | 
|---|
| 220 | memset(&LXHdr, 0, sizeof(LXHdr)); | 
|---|
| 221 | LXHdr.e32_magic[0]  = E32MAGIC1; | 
|---|
| 222 | LXHdr.e32_magic[1]  = E32MAGIC2; | 
|---|
| 223 | LXHdr.e32_border    = E32LEBO; | 
|---|
| 224 | LXHdr.e32_worder    = E32LEWO; | 
|---|
| 225 | LXHdr.e32_level     = E32LEVEL; | 
|---|
| 226 | LXHdr.e32_cpu       = E32CPU386; | 
|---|
| 227 | LXHdr.e32_os        = NE_OS2; | 
|---|
| 228 | LXHdr.e32_pagesize  = PAGESIZE; | 
|---|
| 229 | LXHdr.e32_objtab    = sizeof(LXHdr); | 
|---|
| 230 | cLoadedModules++; | 
|---|
| 231 | } | 
|---|
| 232 |  | 
|---|
| 233 |  | 
|---|
| 234 | /** | 
|---|
| 235 | * Destructor. | 
|---|
| 236 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 237 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 238 | */ | 
|---|
| 239 | Pe2Lx::~Pe2Lx() | 
|---|
| 240 | { | 
|---|
| 241 | if (paObjects != NULL) | 
|---|
| 242 | { | 
|---|
| 243 | free(paObjects); | 
|---|
| 244 | paObjects = NULL; | 
|---|
| 245 | } | 
|---|
| 246 | if (paObjTab != NULL) | 
|---|
| 247 | { | 
|---|
| 248 | free(paObjTab); | 
|---|
| 249 | paObjTab = NULL; | 
|---|
| 250 | } | 
|---|
| 251 | if (paObjPageTab != NULL) | 
|---|
| 252 | { | 
|---|
| 253 | free(paObjPageTab); | 
|---|
| 254 | paObjPageTab = NULL; | 
|---|
| 255 | } | 
|---|
| 256 | if (pachResNameTable != NULL) | 
|---|
| 257 | { | 
|---|
| 258 | free(pachResNameTable); | 
|---|
| 259 | pachResNameTable = NULL; | 
|---|
| 260 | } | 
|---|
| 261 | if (pEntryBundles != NULL) | 
|---|
| 262 | { | 
|---|
| 263 | free(pEntryBundles); | 
|---|
| 264 | pEntryBundles = NULL; | 
|---|
| 265 | } | 
|---|
| 266 | if (paulFixupPageTable != NULL) | 
|---|
| 267 | { | 
|---|
| 268 | free(paulFixupPageTable); | 
|---|
| 269 | paulFixupPageTable = NULL; | 
|---|
| 270 | } | 
|---|
| 271 | if (pFixupRecords != NULL) | 
|---|
| 272 | { | 
|---|
| 273 | free(pFixupRecords); | 
|---|
| 274 | pFixupRecords = NULL; | 
|---|
| 275 | } | 
|---|
| 276 | if (pvCrossPageFixup != NULL) | 
|---|
| 277 | { | 
|---|
| 278 | free(pvCrossPageFixup); | 
|---|
| 279 | pvCrossPageFixup = NULL; | 
|---|
| 280 | } | 
|---|
| 281 | if (pachImpModuleNames != NULL) | 
|---|
| 282 | { | 
|---|
| 283 | free(pachImpModuleNames); | 
|---|
| 284 | pachImpModuleNames = NULL; | 
|---|
| 285 | } | 
|---|
| 286 | if (pachImpFunctionNames != NULL) | 
|---|
| 287 | { | 
|---|
| 288 | free(pachImpFunctionNames); | 
|---|
| 289 | pachImpFunctionNames = NULL; | 
|---|
| 290 | } | 
|---|
| 291 | if (pNtHdrs != NULL) | 
|---|
| 292 | { | 
|---|
| 293 | free(pNtHdrs); | 
|---|
| 294 | pNtHdrs = NULL; | 
|---|
| 295 | } | 
|---|
| 296 | if (pBaseRelocs != NULL) | 
|---|
| 297 | { | 
|---|
| 298 | sfree(pBaseRelocs); | 
|---|
| 299 | pBaseRelocs = NULL; | 
|---|
| 300 | } | 
|---|
| 301 | _res_heapmin(); | 
|---|
| 302 | _swp_heapmin(); | 
|---|
| 303 |  | 
|---|
| 304 | /* | 
|---|
| 305 | * If no Pe2Lx objects left, then invalidate the Odin32Path. | 
|---|
| 306 | *  We'll have to do this since we may (theoretically) not receive | 
|---|
| 307 | *  a close on a kernel32 handle if loading failes before kernel32 | 
|---|
| 308 | *  is loaded and the odin32path is determined using ldrOpenPath. | 
|---|
| 309 | *  (Ie. no sfnKernel32.) | 
|---|
| 310 | */ | 
|---|
| 311 | if (--cLoadedModules <= 0) | 
|---|
| 312 | invalidateOdin32Path(); | 
|---|
| 313 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 314 | if (cLoadedModules < 0) | 
|---|
| 315 | printIPE(("Pe2Lx::cLoadedModules is %d which is less that zero!\n", cLoadedModules)); | 
|---|
| 316 | #endif | 
|---|
| 317 | } | 
|---|
| 318 |  | 
|---|
| 319 |  | 
|---|
| 320 | /** | 
|---|
| 321 | * Initiates the Pe2Lx object - builds the virtual LX image. | 
|---|
| 322 | * When this function completes the object is no longer in init-mode. | 
|---|
| 323 | * @returns   NO_ERROR on success. | 
|---|
| 324 | *            ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY | 
|---|
| 325 | *            ERROR_INVALID_EXE_SIGNATURE | 
|---|
| 326 | *            ERROR_BAD_EXE_FORMAT | 
|---|
| 327 | *            Error code returned by ReadAt. | 
|---|
| 328 | *            Error codes from the make* methods. | 
|---|
| 329 | * @param     pszFilename  Module filename. | 
|---|
| 330 | * @precond   Called in init-mode. | 
|---|
| 331 | * @sketch | 
|---|
| 332 | *            0. pszFilename & pszModuleName. | 
|---|
| 333 | *            1. Read the from the start of the file, expect a MZ header. | 
|---|
| 334 | *            2. If an PE header was found jump to 4. | 
|---|
| 335 | *            3. Verify valid MZ header - if not fail. Determin PE offset. | 
|---|
| 336 | *            4. Read PE headers. | 
|---|
| 337 | *            5. Validate PE header  (Magics, Machine, subsystem, characteristics,...) - fail if not valid. | 
|---|
| 338 | *            6. Read sectiontable. | 
|---|
| 339 | *            7. Start converting the sections by adding the headerobject. (headerobject, see previous chapter). | 
|---|
| 340 | *            8. Iterate thru the sectiontable converting the section to objects. | 
|---|
| 341 | *              8a. Convert characteristics to flags | 
|---|
| 342 | *              8b. Virtual/physical size (see note in code) | 
|---|
| 343 | *              8c. Add object. | 
|---|
| 344 | *            9.Find where the TIB fix is to be placed. (see 3.1.1 for placements.) Place the TIB fix. | 
|---|
| 345 | *              9a. At the end of the header object. | 
|---|
| 346 | *              9b. After MZ-Header (In the dos stub!). | 
|---|
| 347 | *              9c.Add separate TIBFix object. | 
|---|
| 348 | *            10.Add stack object. | 
|---|
| 349 | *            11.Align section. (Fix which is applied to EXEs/Dlls which contain no fixups and has an | 
|---|
| 350 | *               alignment which is not a multiple of 64Kb. The sections are concatenated into one big object. | 
|---|
| 351 | *            12.Update the LXHeader with info which is finalized now. (Stacksize, GUI/CUI, characteristics,...) | 
|---|
| 352 | *            13.Convert exports. | 
|---|
| 353 | *            14.Convert base relocations (fixups). Remember to add the fixup for RegisterPe2LxDll/Exe. | 
|---|
| 354 | *            15.Make object table. | 
|---|
| 355 | *            16.Make object page table. | 
|---|
| 356 | *            17.Completing the LX header. | 
|---|
| 357 | *            18.Set offLXFile in the object array. | 
|---|
| 358 | *            19.The conversion method is completed. Object is now usable. | 
|---|
| 359 | *            20.Dump virtual LX-file | 
|---|
| 360 | *            return successfully. | 
|---|
| 361 | * @status    Completely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 362 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 363 | */ | 
|---|
| 364 | ULONG Pe2Lx::init(PCSZ pszFilename) | 
|---|
| 365 | { | 
|---|
| 366 | APIRET                  rc; | 
|---|
| 367 | PIMAGE_DOS_HEADER       pMzHdr; | 
|---|
| 368 | int                     i, j; | 
|---|
| 369 | PIMAGE_SECTION_HEADER   paSections;     /* Pointer to section headers */ | 
|---|
| 370 |  | 
|---|
| 371 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 372 | if (!fInitTime) | 
|---|
| 373 | { | 
|---|
| 374 | printIPE(("init(..) called when not in init mode!\n")); | 
|---|
| 375 | return ERROR_INITMETHOD_NOT_INITTIME; | 
|---|
| 376 | } | 
|---|
| 377 | #endif | 
|---|
| 378 |  | 
|---|
| 379 | printInf(("Started processing %s\n", pszFilename)); | 
|---|
| 380 |  | 
|---|
| 381 | /* 0.pszFilename & pszModuleName. */ | 
|---|
| 382 | rc = ModuleBase::init(pszFilename); | 
|---|
| 383 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 384 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 385 |  | 
|---|
| 386 | /* 1.Read the from the start of the file, expect a MZ header. */ | 
|---|
| 387 | pMzHdr = (PIMAGE_DOS_HEADER)malloc(sizeof(IMAGE_DOS_HEADER)); | 
|---|
| 388 | if (pMzHdr == NULL) | 
|---|
| 389 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 390 | rc = ReadAt(hFile, 0UL, pMzHdr, sizeof(IMAGE_DOS_HEADER)); | 
|---|
| 391 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 392 | { | 
|---|
| 393 | free(pMzHdr); | 
|---|
| 394 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 395 | } | 
|---|
| 396 |  | 
|---|
| 397 | /* 2.If an PE header was found jump to 4. */ | 
|---|
| 398 | if (*(PULONG)(pMzHdr) != IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) | 
|---|
| 399 | { | 
|---|
| 400 | /* 3.Verify valid MZ header - if not fail. Determin PE offset. */ | 
|---|
| 401 | if (pMzHdr->e_magic == IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE) | 
|---|
| 402 | { | 
|---|
| 403 | if (pMzHdr->e_lfanew > sizeof(IMAGE_DOS_HEADER) && pMzHdr->e_lfanew < 0x04000000UL) /* Larger than 64 bytes and less that 64MB. */ | 
|---|
| 404 | offNtHeaders = pMzHdr->e_lfanew; | 
|---|
| 405 | else | 
|---|
| 406 | rc = ERROR_INVALID_EXE_SIGNATURE; | 
|---|
| 407 | } | 
|---|
| 408 | else | 
|---|
| 409 | rc = ERROR_INVALID_EXE_SIGNATURE; | 
|---|
| 410 | } | 
|---|
| 411 | else | 
|---|
| 412 | offNtHeaders = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 413 |  | 
|---|
| 414 | free(pMzHdr); | 
|---|
| 415 | pMzHdr = NULL; | 
|---|
| 416 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 417 | { | 
|---|
| 418 | printErr(("Not PE executable.\n")); | 
|---|
| 419 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 420 | } | 
|---|
| 421 |  | 
|---|
| 422 | /* 4.Read PE headers. */ | 
|---|
| 423 | pNtHdrs = (PIMAGE_NT_HEADERS)malloc(sizeof(IMAGE_NT_HEADERS)); | 
|---|
| 424 | if (pNtHdrs == NULL) | 
|---|
| 425 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 426 | rc = ReadAt(hFile, offNtHeaders, pNtHdrs, sizeof(IMAGE_NT_HEADERS)); | 
|---|
| 427 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 428 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 429 |  | 
|---|
| 430 | /* 5.Validate PE header  (Magics, Machine, subsystem, characteristics,...) - fail if not valid. */ | 
|---|
| 431 | if (pNtHdrs->Signature != IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) | 
|---|
| 432 | { | 
|---|
| 433 | printErr(("Invalid PE signature, '%c%c%c%c'\n", | 
|---|
| 434 | ((PCHAR)&pNtHdrs->Signature)[0], ((PCHAR)&pNtHdrs->Signature)[1], | 
|---|
| 435 | ((PCHAR)&pNtHdrs->Signature)[2], ((PCHAR)&pNtHdrs->Signature)[3])); | 
|---|
| 436 | return ERROR_INVALID_EXE_SIGNATURE; | 
|---|
| 437 | } | 
|---|
| 438 | dumpNtHeaders(pNtHdrs); | 
|---|
| 439 | if (pNtHdrs->FileHeader.Machine != IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_I386) | 
|---|
| 440 | { | 
|---|
| 441 | printErr(("Invalid Machine! %#4x\n", pNtHdrs->FileHeader.Machine)); | 
|---|
| 442 | return ERROR_BAD_EXE_FORMAT; | 
|---|
| 443 | } | 
|---|
| 444 | if (!(pNtHdrs->FileHeader.Characteristics & IMAGE_FILE_EXECUTABLE_IMAGE)) | 
|---|
| 445 | { | 
|---|
| 446 | printErr(("Not executable file!\n")); | 
|---|
| 447 | return ERROR_BAD_EXE_FORMAT; | 
|---|
| 448 | } | 
|---|
| 449 | if (pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.Magic != IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR_MAGIC) | 
|---|
| 450 | { | 
|---|
| 451 | printErr(("Invalid optional header.\n")); | 
|---|
| 452 | return ERROR_BAD_EXE_FORMAT; | 
|---|
| 453 | } | 
|---|
| 454 | if (pNtHdrs->FileHeader.SizeOfOptionalHeader | 
|---|
| 455 | - ((pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.NumberOfRvaAndSizes - IMAGE_NUMBEROF_DIRECTORY_ENTRIES) * sizeof(IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY)) | 
|---|
| 456 | != sizeof(IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER)) | 
|---|
| 457 | { | 
|---|
| 458 | printErr(("Invalid optional header size.\n")); | 
|---|
| 459 | return ERROR_BAD_EXE_FORMAT; | 
|---|
| 460 | } | 
|---|
| 461 | if (pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.Subsystem != IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_CUI && | 
|---|
| 462 | pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.Subsystem != IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_GUI && | 
|---|
| 463 | pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.Subsystem != IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_NATIVE) | 
|---|
| 464 | { | 
|---|
| 465 | printErr(("Subsystem not supported. %d\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.Subsystem)); | 
|---|
| 466 | return ERROR_BAD_EXE_FORMAT; | 
|---|
| 467 | } | 
|---|
| 468 |  | 
|---|
| 469 | /* 6.Read sectiontable. */ | 
|---|
| 470 | paSections = (PIMAGE_SECTION_HEADER)malloc(sizeof(IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER) * pNtHdrs->FileHeader.NumberOfSections); | 
|---|
| 471 | if (paSections == NULL) | 
|---|
| 472 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 473 | rc = ReadAt(hFile, | 
|---|
| 474 | offNtHeaders + sizeof(DWORD) + sizeof(IMAGE_FILE_HEADER) + pNtHdrs->FileHeader.SizeOfOptionalHeader, | 
|---|
| 475 | paSections, | 
|---|
| 476 | pNtHdrs->FileHeader.NumberOfSections * sizeof(IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER)); | 
|---|
| 477 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 478 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 479 |  | 
|---|
| 480 | /* 7.Start converting the sections by adding the headerobject. (headerobject, see previous chapter). */ | 
|---|
| 481 | rc = offNtHeaders + sizeof(DWORD) + sizeof(IMAGE_FILE_HEADER) + pNtHdrs->FileHeader.SizeOfOptionalHeader //could we use OptionalHeader.SizeOfHeaders? | 
|---|
| 482 | + pNtHdrs->FileHeader.NumberOfSections * sizeof(IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER); | 
|---|
| 483 | rc = addObject(0UL, rc, rc, OBJREAD | OBJBIGDEF, 0UL); | 
|---|
| 484 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 485 | { | 
|---|
| 486 | printErr(("Failed to add header object\n")); | 
|---|
| 487 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 488 | } | 
|---|
| 489 |  | 
|---|
| 490 | /* 8.Iterate thru the sectiontable converting the section to objects. */ | 
|---|
| 491 | for (i = 0; i < pNtHdrs->FileHeader.NumberOfSections; i++) | 
|---|
| 492 | { | 
|---|
| 493 | ULONG cbVirt,cbPhys; | 
|---|
| 494 | ULONG flFlags = 0; | 
|---|
| 495 |  | 
|---|
| 496 | dumpSectionHeader(&paSections[i]); | 
|---|
| 497 |  | 
|---|
| 498 | /* 8a. Convert characteristics to flags and check/fix incompatible flags! */ | 
|---|
| 499 | for (j = 0; j < (sizeof(paSecChars2Flags)/sizeof(paSecChars2Flags[0])); j++) | 
|---|
| 500 | if ((paSections[i].Characteristics & paSecChars2Flags[j].Characteristics) == paSecChars2Flags[j].Characteristics) | 
|---|
| 501 | flFlags |= paSecChars2Flags[j].flFlags; | 
|---|
| 502 | if ((flFlags & (OBJEXEC | OBJWRITE)) == (OBJEXEC | OBJWRITE)) | 
|---|
| 503 | flFlags &= (ULONG)~OBJEXEC; | 
|---|
| 504 |  | 
|---|
| 505 | /* 8b. Virtual/physical size */ | 
|---|
| 506 | /* The virtual size and physical size is somewhat problematic. Some linkers sets Misc.VirtualSize and | 
|---|
| 507 | * others don't. Some linkers sets the Misc.VirtualSize to the exact size of data in the section, which | 
|---|
| 508 | * may cause that the VirtualSize to be less than the SizeOfRawData due to file alignment. | 
|---|
| 509 | * We assume/know certain things: | 
|---|
| 510 | *    -SizeOfRawData is allways the physical size when PointerToRawData is valid (not 0). | 
|---|
| 511 | *     (No matter what Matt Pietrek may have written!) NT maps in the entire physical size. | 
|---|
| 512 | *    -The VirtualSize may contain 0, then the virtual size is equal to the Physical size. | 
|---|
| 513 | *    -The VirtualSize may be less than the SizeOfRawData. | 
|---|
| 514 | * This means that we can't allways use the VirtualSize as the size of LX objects. | 
|---|
| 515 | */ | 
|---|
| 516 | cbPhys = paSections[i].PointerToRawData != 0UL ? paSections[i].SizeOfRawData : 0UL; | 
|---|
| 517 | cbVirt = paSections[i].Misc.VirtualSize > paSections[i].SizeOfRawData ? | 
|---|
| 518 | paSections[i].Misc.VirtualSize : paSections[i].SizeOfRawData; | 
|---|
| 519 |  | 
|---|
| 520 | /* 8c. Add object. */ | 
|---|
| 521 | rc = addObject(paSections[i].VirtualAddress, cbPhys, cbVirt, flFlags, paSections[i].PointerToRawData); | 
|---|
| 522 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 523 | { | 
|---|
| 524 | printErr(("Failed to add object for section no.%d. rc = %d\n", i, rc)); | 
|---|
| 525 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 526 | } | 
|---|
| 527 | } | 
|---|
| 528 | free(paSections); | 
|---|
| 529 | paSections = NULL; | 
|---|
| 530 |  | 
|---|
| 531 | /* 9.Find where the TIB fix is to be placed. (see 3.1.1 for placements.) Place the TIB fix.  */ | 
|---|
| 532 | if (PAGESIZE - (paObjects[0].cbVirtual & (PAGESIZE-1)) >= SIZEOF_TIBFIX) | 
|---|
| 533 | {   /* 9a. At the end of the header object. */ | 
|---|
| 534 | paObjects[0].Misc.offTIBFix = paObjects[0].cbVirtual; | 
|---|
| 535 | paObjects[0].Misc.fTIBFixObject = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 536 | paObjects[0].cbVirtual += SIZEOF_TIBFIX; | 
|---|
| 537 | paObjects[0].cbPhysical += SIZEOF_TIBFIX; | 
|---|
| 538 | paObjects[0].flFlags |= OBJEXEC; | 
|---|
| 539 | printInf(("TIBFix code at end of header object. offset=%#x\n", paObjects[0].Misc.offTIBFix)); | 
|---|
| 540 | } | 
|---|
| 541 | else if (offNtHeaders >= sizeof(IMAGE_DOS_HEADER) + SIZEOF_TIBFIX) | 
|---|
| 542 | {   /* 9b. After MZ-Header (In the dos stub!). */ | 
|---|
| 543 | paObjects[0].Misc.offTIBFix = sizeof(IMAGE_DOS_HEADER); | 
|---|
| 544 | paObjects[0].Misc.fTIBFixObject = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 545 | paObjects[0].flFlags |= OBJEXEC; | 
|---|
| 546 | printInf(("TIBFix code in dos stub. offset=%#x\n", paObjects[0].Misc.offTIBFix)); | 
|---|
| 547 | } | 
|---|
| 548 | else | 
|---|
| 549 | {   /* 9c.Add separate TIBFix object. */ | 
|---|
| 550 | printInf(("TIBFix code in separate object.\n")); | 
|---|
| 551 | rc = addTIBFixObject(); | 
|---|
| 552 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 553 | { | 
|---|
| 554 | printErr(("Failed to insert TIBFix, rc=%d\n", rc)); | 
|---|
| 555 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 556 | } | 
|---|
| 557 | } | 
|---|
| 558 |  | 
|---|
| 559 | /* 10.Add stack object. */ | 
|---|
| 560 | if (!(pNtHdrs->FileHeader.Characteristics & IMAGE_FILE_DLL)) | 
|---|
| 561 | { | 
|---|
| 562 | rc = addStackObject(max(pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfStackReserve, MIN_STACK_SIZE)); | 
|---|
| 563 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 564 | { | 
|---|
| 565 | printErr(("Failed to insert TIBFix, rc=%d\n", rc)); | 
|---|
| 566 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 567 | } | 
|---|
| 568 | } | 
|---|
| 569 |  | 
|---|
| 570 | /* 11.Align section. (Fix which is applied to EXEs/Dlls which contain no fixups and has an | 
|---|
| 571 | *    alignment which is not a multiple of 64Kb. The sections are concatenated into one big object. */ | 
|---|
| 572 | /* TODO! this test has to be enhanced a bit. WWPack32, new Borland++ depends on image layout. */ | 
|---|
| 573 | fAllInOneObject =  !isPEOneObjectDisabled() | 
|---|
| 574 | && (   isPEOneObjectForced() | 
|---|
| 575 | || (pNtHdrs->FileHeader.Characteristics & IMAGE_FILE_RELOCS_STRIPPED) == IMAGE_FILE_RELOCS_STRIPPED | 
|---|
| 576 | ); | 
|---|
| 577 | if (fAllInOneObject) | 
|---|
| 578 | { | 
|---|
| 579 | printInf(("All-In-One-Object fix is applied.\n")); | 
|---|
| 580 | if (pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.ImageBase >= 0x04000000UL && !(pNtHdrs->FileHeader.Characteristics & IMAGE_FILE_DLL)) | 
|---|
| 581 | printWar(("ImageBase >= 64MB this object may not be runnable! (ImageBase=%#8x)\n", | 
|---|
| 582 | pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.ImageBase)); | 
|---|
| 583 | } | 
|---|
| 584 |  | 
|---|
| 585 | /* 12.Update the LXHeader with info which is finalized now. (Stacksize, GUI/CUI, characteristics,...) */ | 
|---|
| 586 | for (i = 0, j = 1; i < cObjects; i++, j += !fAllInOneObject ? 1 : 0) | 
|---|
| 587 | { | 
|---|
| 588 | if (paObjects[i].Misc.fTIBFixObject) | 
|---|
| 589 | { | 
|---|
| 590 | LXHdr.e32_startobj = j; | 
|---|
| 591 | LXHdr.e32_eip = (fAllInOneObject ? paObjects[i].ulRVA : 0UL) + paObjects[i].Misc.offTIBFix; | 
|---|
| 592 | } | 
|---|
| 593 | else if (paObjects[i].Misc.fStackObject) | 
|---|
| 594 | { | 
|---|
| 595 | LXHdr.e32_stackobj = j; | 
|---|
| 596 | LXHdr.e32_esp = (fAllInOneObject ? paObjects[i].ulRVA : 0UL) + paObjects[i].cbVirtual; | 
|---|
| 597 | LXHdr.e32_stacksize = paObjects[i].cbVirtual; | 
|---|
| 598 | } | 
|---|
| 599 | } | 
|---|
| 600 | ulImageBase = pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.ImageBase; | 
|---|
| 601 | LXHdr.e32_mflags = pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.Subsystem == IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_GUI | 
|---|
| 602 | ? E32PMAPI : E32PMW; | 
|---|
| 603 | if (pNtHdrs->FileHeader.Characteristics & IMAGE_FILE_DLL) | 
|---|
| 604 | LXHdr.e32_mflags |= E32LIBINIT | E32LIBTERM | E32MODDLL; | 
|---|
| 605 | else | 
|---|
| 606 | { | 
|---|
| 607 | LXHdr.e32_mflags |= E32MODEXE; | 
|---|
| 608 | #if 0 | 
|---|
| 609 | if (    pNtHdrs->FileHeader.Characteristics & IMAGE_FILE_RELOCS_STRIPPED     /* Force location if possible. */ | 
|---|
| 610 | ||  ulImageBase < 0x04000000 && ulImageBase + pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfImage < 0x04000000) | 
|---|
| 611 | LXHdr.e32_mflags |= E32NOINTFIX; | 
|---|
| 612 | #endif | 
|---|
| 613 | } | 
|---|
| 614 |  | 
|---|
| 615 | /* 13.Convert exports. */ | 
|---|
| 616 | rc = makeExports(); | 
|---|
| 617 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 618 | { | 
|---|
| 619 | printErr(("Failed to make exports rc=%d\n", rc)); | 
|---|
| 620 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 621 | } | 
|---|
| 622 | Yield(); | 
|---|
| 623 |  | 
|---|
| 624 | /* 14.Convert base relocations (fixups). Remember to add the fixup for RegisterPe2LxDll/Exe. */ | 
|---|
| 625 | rc = makeFixups(); | 
|---|
| 626 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 627 | { | 
|---|
| 628 | printErr(("Failed to make fixups rc=%d\n", rc)); | 
|---|
| 629 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 630 | } | 
|---|
| 631 | Yield(); | 
|---|
| 632 |  | 
|---|
| 633 | /* 15.Make object table. */ | 
|---|
| 634 | rc = makeObjectTable(); | 
|---|
| 635 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 636 | { | 
|---|
| 637 | printErr(("Failed to make object table rc=%d\n", rc)); | 
|---|
| 638 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 639 | } | 
|---|
| 640 |  | 
|---|
| 641 | /* 16.Make object page table. */ | 
|---|
| 642 | rc = makeObjectPageTable(); | 
|---|
| 643 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 644 | { | 
|---|
| 645 | printErr(("Failed to make object table rc=%d\n", rc)); | 
|---|
| 646 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 647 | } | 
|---|
| 648 | Yield(); | 
|---|
| 649 |  | 
|---|
| 650 | /* 17.Completing the LX header. */ | 
|---|
| 651 | LXHdr.e32_mpages = getCountOfPages(); | 
|---|
| 652 | LXHdr.e32_objcnt = fAllInOneObject ? 1 : cObjects; | 
|---|
| 653 | LXHdr.e32_objmap = LXHdr.e32_objtab + sizeof(struct o32_obj) * LXHdr.e32_objcnt; | 
|---|
| 654 | LXHdr.e32_restab = LXHdr.e32_objmap + LXHdr.e32_mpages * sizeof(struct o32_map); | 
|---|
| 655 | LXHdr.e32_enttab = LXHdr.e32_restab + offCurResName; | 
|---|
| 656 | LXHdr.e32_fpagetab = LXHdr.e32_enttab + offCurEntryBundle; | 
|---|
| 657 | LXHdr.e32_frectab  = LXHdr.e32_fpagetab + (LXHdr.e32_mpages + 1) * sizeof(ULONG); | 
|---|
| 658 | LXHdr.e32_impmod   = LXHdr.e32_frectab + offCurFixupRec; | 
|---|
| 659 | LXHdr.e32_impproc  = LXHdr.e32_impmod + offCurImpModuleName; | 
|---|
| 660 | LXHdr.e32_datapage = LXHdr.e32_impproc + offCurImpFunctionName; | 
|---|
| 661 |  | 
|---|
| 662 | LXHdr.e32_fixupsize = (LXHdr.e32_mpages + 1) * sizeof(ULONG)       /* fixup page table */ | 
|---|
| 663 | + offCurFixupRec                               /* fixup record table */ | 
|---|
| 664 | + offCurImpModuleName                          /* import module name table */ | 
|---|
| 665 | + offCurImpFunctionName;                       /* import procedure name table */ | 
|---|
| 666 |  | 
|---|
| 667 | LXHdr.e32_ldrsize = LXHdr.e32_objcnt * sizeof(struct o32_obj)      /* object table */ | 
|---|
| 668 | + LXHdr.e32_mpages * sizeof(struct o32_map)    /* object page table */ | 
|---|
| 669 | + offCurResName                                /* resident names */ | 
|---|
| 670 | + offCurEntryBundle                            /* entry tables */ | 
|---|
| 671 | + (LXHdr.e32_mpages + 1) * sizeof(ULONG)       /* fixup page table */ | 
|---|
| 672 | + offCurFixupRec                               /* fixup record table */ | 
|---|
| 673 | + offCurImpModuleName                          /* import module name table */ | 
|---|
| 674 | + offCurImpFunctionName;                       /* import procedure name table */ | 
|---|
| 675 |  | 
|---|
| 676 | /* find import module  count */ | 
|---|
| 677 | i = 0; | 
|---|
| 678 | LXHdr.e32_impmodcnt = 0; | 
|---|
| 679 | while (i < offCurImpModuleName) | 
|---|
| 680 | { | 
|---|
| 681 | LXHdr.e32_impmodcnt++; | 
|---|
| 682 | /* next */ | 
|---|
| 683 | i += pachImpModuleNames[i] + 1; | 
|---|
| 684 | } | 
|---|
| 685 |  | 
|---|
| 686 | /* 18.Set offLXFile in the object array. */ | 
|---|
| 687 | ULONG offObjectData = LXHdr.e32_datapage; | 
|---|
| 688 | for (i = 0; i < cObjects; i++) | 
|---|
| 689 | { | 
|---|
| 690 | if (paObjects[i].cbPhysical > 0UL) | 
|---|
| 691 | { | 
|---|
| 692 | paObjects[i].offLXFile = offObjectData; | 
|---|
| 693 | offObjectData += paObjects[i].cbPhysical; | 
|---|
| 694 | } | 
|---|
| 695 | else | 
|---|
| 696 | paObjects[i].offLXFile = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 697 | } | 
|---|
| 698 |  | 
|---|
| 699 | /* 19.The conversion method is completed. Object is now usable. */ | 
|---|
| 700 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 701 | fInitTime = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 702 | #endif | 
|---|
| 703 | releaseNtHeaders(); | 
|---|
| 704 |  | 
|---|
| 705 | /* 20.Dump virtual LX-file */ | 
|---|
| 706 | dumpVirtualLxFile(); | 
|---|
| 707 |  | 
|---|
| 708 | Yield(); | 
|---|
| 709 | _res_heapmin(); | 
|---|
| 710 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 711 | #if 1 /* testing */ | 
|---|
| 712 | testApplyFixups(); | 
|---|
| 713 | #endif | 
|---|
| 714 | #endif | 
|---|
| 715 |  | 
|---|
| 716 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 717 | } | 
|---|
| 718 |  | 
|---|
| 719 |  | 
|---|
| 720 | /** | 
|---|
| 721 | * Read data from the virtual LX-file. | 
|---|
| 722 | * @param     offLXFile  Offset (into the virtual lx file) of the data to read | 
|---|
| 723 | * @param     pvBuffer   Pointer to buffer where data is to be put. | 
|---|
| 724 | * @param     cbToRead   Bytes to be read. | 
|---|
| 725 | * @param     fpBuffer   Flags which was spesified to the ldrRead call. | 
|---|
| 726 | * @parma     pMTE       Pointer to MTE which was specified to the ldrRead call. | 
|---|
| 727 | * @return    NO_ERROR if successful something else if not. | 
|---|
| 728 | * @status    completely implmented; tested. | 
|---|
| 729 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 730 | */ | 
|---|
| 731 | ULONG Pe2Lx::read(ULONG offLXFile, PVOID pvBuffer, ULONG fpBuffer, ULONG cbToRead, PMTE pMTE) | 
|---|
| 732 | { | 
|---|
| 733 | APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;   /* Return code. */ | 
|---|
| 734 | ULONG  cbReadVar;       /* Number of bytes in a read operation. */ | 
|---|
| 735 | ULONG  offPEFile;       /* Offset into the PE-File of the read operation. */ | 
|---|
| 736 |  | 
|---|
| 737 | /* validate input pointers */ | 
|---|
| 738 | if (pvBuffer < (PVOID)0x10000) | 
|---|
| 739 | { | 
|---|
| 740 | printErr(("Invalid parameter, pvBuffer = 0x%08x\n", pvBuffer)); | 
|---|
| 741 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 742 | } | 
|---|
| 743 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 744 | if (fInitTime) | 
|---|
| 745 | { | 
|---|
| 746 | printErr(("the read method may not be called during init.\n")); | 
|---|
| 747 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 748 | } | 
|---|
| 749 | #endif | 
|---|
| 750 |  | 
|---|
| 751 | printInf(("Pe2Lx::read(%d, 0x%08x, 0x%08x, %d)\n", offLXFile, pvBuffer, fpBuffer, cbToRead)); | 
|---|
| 752 |  | 
|---|
| 753 | /* Could we skip right to the datapages? */ | 
|---|
| 754 | if (offLXFile < LXHdr.e32_datapage) | 
|---|
| 755 | {   /* -no. */ | 
|---|
| 756 | PVOID pv; | 
|---|
| 757 | ULONG cb; | 
|---|
| 758 | ULONG off; | 
|---|
| 759 | ULONG ulIndex = 0; | 
|---|
| 760 | while (ulIndex < 9 && cbToRead > 0UL) | 
|---|
| 761 | { | 
|---|
| 762 | /* ASSUME a given order of tables! (See near bottom of the init() method) */ | 
|---|
| 763 | switch (ulIndex) | 
|---|
| 764 | { | 
|---|
| 765 | case 0: /* LXHdr */ | 
|---|
| 766 | off = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 767 | cb = sizeof(LXHdr); | 
|---|
| 768 | break; | 
|---|
| 769 | case 1: /* Object Table */ | 
|---|
| 770 | off = LXHdr.e32_objtab; | 
|---|
| 771 | cb = sizeof(struct o32_obj) * LXHdr.e32_objcnt; | 
|---|
| 772 | break; | 
|---|
| 773 | case 2: /* Object Page Table */ | 
|---|
| 774 | off = LXHdr.e32_objmap; | 
|---|
| 775 | cb = LXHdr.e32_mpages * sizeof(struct o32_map); | 
|---|
| 776 | break; | 
|---|
| 777 | case 3: /* Resident Name Table */ | 
|---|
| 778 | off = LXHdr.e32_restab; | 
|---|
| 779 | cb = LXHdr.e32_enttab - off; | 
|---|
| 780 | break; | 
|---|
| 781 | case 4: /* Entry Table */ | 
|---|
| 782 | off = LXHdr.e32_enttab; | 
|---|
| 783 | cb = LXHdr.e32_fpagetab - off; | 
|---|
| 784 | break; | 
|---|
| 785 | case 5: /* FixupTable */ | 
|---|
| 786 | off = LXHdr.e32_fpagetab; | 
|---|
| 787 | cb = LXHdr.e32_frectab - off; | 
|---|
| 788 | break; | 
|---|
| 789 | case 6: /* Fixup Record Table */ | 
|---|
| 790 | off = LXHdr.e32_frectab; | 
|---|
| 791 | cb = LXHdr.e32_impmod - off; | 
|---|
| 792 | break; | 
|---|
| 793 | case 7: /* Import Module Name Table */ | 
|---|
| 794 | off = LXHdr.e32_impmod; | 
|---|
| 795 | cb = LXHdr.e32_impproc - off; | 
|---|
| 796 | break; | 
|---|
| 797 | case 8: /* Import Procedure Name Table */ | 
|---|
| 798 | off = LXHdr.e32_impproc; | 
|---|
| 799 | cb = LXHdr.e32_datapage - off; | 
|---|
| 800 | break; | 
|---|
| 801 | default: printIPE(("invalid ulIndex. ulIndex = %d\n", ulIndex)); return ERROR_INTERNAL_PROCESSING_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 802 | } | 
|---|
| 803 |  | 
|---|
| 804 | /* Is it this header part? */ | 
|---|
| 805 | if ((ulIndex == 0 || off != 0UL) && cb != 0UL && offLXFile < off + cb) | 
|---|
| 806 | { | 
|---|
| 807 | /* find pointer. */ | 
|---|
| 808 | switch (ulIndex) | 
|---|
| 809 | { | 
|---|
| 810 | case 0: /* LXHdr */ | 
|---|
| 811 | pv = &LXHdr; | 
|---|
| 812 | break; | 
|---|
| 813 | case 1: /* Object Table */ | 
|---|
| 814 | if (paObjTab == NULL) | 
|---|
| 815 | rc = makeObjectTable(); | 
|---|
| 816 | pv = paObjTab; | 
|---|
| 817 | break; | 
|---|
| 818 | case 2: /* Object Page Table */ | 
|---|
| 819 | if (paObjPageTab == NULL) | 
|---|
| 820 | rc = makeObjectPageTable(); | 
|---|
| 821 | pv = paObjPageTab; | 
|---|
| 822 | break; | 
|---|
| 823 | case 3: /* Resident Name Table */ | 
|---|
| 824 | if (pachResNameTable == NULL) | 
|---|
| 825 | { | 
|---|
| 826 | rc = makeExports(); | 
|---|
| 827 | releaseNtHeaders(); | 
|---|
| 828 | finalizeImportNames(); | 
|---|
| 829 | } | 
|---|
| 830 | pv = pachResNameTable; | 
|---|
| 831 | break; | 
|---|
| 832 | case 4: /* Entry Table */ | 
|---|
| 833 | if (pEntryBundles == NULL) | 
|---|
| 834 | { | 
|---|
| 835 | rc = makeExports(); | 
|---|
| 836 | releaseNtHeaders(); | 
|---|
| 837 | finalizeImportNames(); | 
|---|
| 838 | } | 
|---|
| 839 | pv = pEntryBundles; | 
|---|
| 840 | break; | 
|---|
| 841 | case 5: /* FixupTable */ | 
|---|
| 842 | if (paulFixupPageTable == NULL) | 
|---|
| 843 | { | 
|---|
| 844 | rc = makeFixups(); | 
|---|
| 845 | releaseNtHeaders(); | 
|---|
| 846 | } | 
|---|
| 847 | pv = paulFixupPageTable; | 
|---|
| 848 | break; | 
|---|
| 849 | case 6: /* Fixup Record Table */ | 
|---|
| 850 | if (pFixupRecords == NULL) | 
|---|
| 851 | { | 
|---|
| 852 | rc = makeFixups(); | 
|---|
| 853 | releaseNtHeaders(); | 
|---|
| 854 | } | 
|---|
| 855 | pv = pFixupRecords; | 
|---|
| 856 | break; | 
|---|
| 857 | case 7: /* Import Module Name Table */ | 
|---|
| 858 | if (pachImpModuleNames == NULL) | 
|---|
| 859 | { | 
|---|
| 860 | rc = makeFixups(); | 
|---|
| 861 | releaseNtHeaders(); | 
|---|
| 862 | } | 
|---|
| 863 | pv = pachImpModuleNames; | 
|---|
| 864 | break; | 
|---|
| 865 | case 8: /* Import Procedure Name Table */ | 
|---|
| 866 | if (pachImpFunctionNames == NULL) | 
|---|
| 867 | { | 
|---|
| 868 | rc = makeFixups(); | 
|---|
| 869 | releaseNtHeaders(); | 
|---|
| 870 | } | 
|---|
| 871 | pv = pachImpFunctionNames; | 
|---|
| 872 | break; | 
|---|
| 873 | default: printIPE(("invalid ulIndex. ulIndex = %d\n", ulIndex)); return ERROR_INTERNAL_PROCESSING_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 874 | } | 
|---|
| 875 |  | 
|---|
| 876 | /* check if any operation has failed */ | 
|---|
| 877 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 878 | { | 
|---|
| 879 | printErr(("A makeXxxxx operation failed with rc=%d, ulIndex=%d.\n", rc, ulIndex)); | 
|---|
| 880 | return ERROR_READ_FAULT; | 
|---|
| 881 | } | 
|---|
| 882 |  | 
|---|
| 883 | /* verify that offLXfile is greater or equal to off. */ | 
|---|
| 884 | if (offLXFile < off) | 
|---|
| 885 | { | 
|---|
| 886 | printIPE(("offLXFile (%d) < off(%d)!\n", offLXFile, off)); | 
|---|
| 887 | return ERROR_READ_FAULT; | 
|---|
| 888 | } | 
|---|
| 889 |  | 
|---|
| 890 | /* do the actual "read" operation. */ | 
|---|
| 891 | cbReadVar = cb - (offLXFile - off); /* left of this header part. */ | 
|---|
| 892 | cbReadVar = min(cbReadVar, cbToRead); | 
|---|
| 893 | memcpy(pvBuffer, (PVOID)((ULONG)pv + (offLXFile - off)), (size_t)cbReadVar); | 
|---|
| 894 |  | 
|---|
| 895 | /* Could this header part be freed now? */ | 
|---|
| 896 | if (cbReadVar + (offLXFile - off) == cb) /* have read to end of this header part. */ | 
|---|
| 897 | { | 
|---|
| 898 | switch (ulIndex) | 
|---|
| 899 | { | 
|---|
| 900 | case 0: /* LXHdr - ignore */ | 
|---|
| 901 | break; | 
|---|
| 902 | case 1: /* Object Table */ | 
|---|
| 903 | free(paObjTab); | 
|---|
| 904 | paObjTab = NULL; | 
|---|
| 905 | break; | 
|---|
| 906 | case 2: /* Object Page Table */ | 
|---|
| 907 | free(paObjPageTab); | 
|---|
| 908 | paObjPageTab = NULL; | 
|---|
| 909 | break; | 
|---|
| 910 | case 3: /* Resident Name Table */ | 
|---|
| 911 | free(pachResNameTable); | 
|---|
| 912 | pachResNameTable = NULL; | 
|---|
| 913 | cchRNTAllocated = offCurResName = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 914 | break; | 
|---|
| 915 | case 4: /* Entry Table */ | 
|---|
| 916 | free(pEntryBundles); | 
|---|
| 917 | pEntryBundles = NULL; | 
|---|
| 918 | offCurEntryBundle = offLastEntryBundle = ulLastOrdinal = cbEBAllocated = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 919 | break; | 
|---|
| 920 | case 5: /* FixupTable */ | 
|---|
| 921 | free(paulFixupPageTable); | 
|---|
| 922 | paulFixupPageTable = NULL; | 
|---|
| 923 | cFixupPTEntries = cFPTEAllocated = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 924 | break; | 
|---|
| 925 | case 6: /* Fixup Record Table */ | 
|---|
| 926 | free(pFixupRecords); | 
|---|
| 927 | pFixupRecords = NULL; | 
|---|
| 928 | offCurFixupRec = cbFRAllocated = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 929 | break; | 
|---|
| 930 | case 7: /* Import Module Name Table */ | 
|---|
| 931 | free(pachImpModuleNames); | 
|---|
| 932 | pachImpModuleNames = NULL; | 
|---|
| 933 | offCurImpModuleName = cchIMNAllocated = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 934 | break; | 
|---|
| 935 | case 8: /* Import Procedure Name Table */ | 
|---|
| 936 | free(pachImpFunctionNames); | 
|---|
| 937 | pachImpFunctionNames = NULL; | 
|---|
| 938 | offCurImpFunctionName = cchIFNAllocated = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 939 | break; | 
|---|
| 940 | default: printIPE(("invalid ulIndex. ulIndex = %d\n", ulIndex)); return ERROR_INTERNAL_PROCESSING_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 941 | } | 
|---|
| 942 | } | 
|---|
| 943 |  | 
|---|
| 944 | /* next */ | 
|---|
| 945 | cbToRead -= cbReadVar; | 
|---|
| 946 | offLXFile += cbReadVar; | 
|---|
| 947 | pvBuffer = (PVOID)((ULONG)pvBuffer + cbReadVar); | 
|---|
| 948 |  | 
|---|
| 949 | } /* read it */ | 
|---|
| 950 |  | 
|---|
| 951 | /* next */ | 
|---|
| 952 | ulIndex++; | 
|---|
| 953 | } /* while loop */ | 
|---|
| 954 | } | 
|---|
| 955 |  | 
|---|
| 956 |  | 
|---|
| 957 | /* | 
|---|
| 958 | * data within the objects? | 
|---|
| 959 | */ | 
|---|
| 960 | ULONG iObj = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 961 | while (cbToRead > 0UL && rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 962 | { | 
|---|
| 963 | /* find object with requested data */ | 
|---|
| 964 | while (iObj < cObjects && offLXFile >= paObjects[iObj].offLXFile + paObjects[iObj].cbPhysical) | 
|---|
| 965 | iObj++; | 
|---|
| 966 | if (iObj >= cObjects) | 
|---|
| 967 | {   /* data not found... */ | 
|---|
| 968 | if (cbReadVar > 0UL) | 
|---|
| 969 | printWar(("Read request crossing end of file.\n")); | 
|---|
| 970 | else | 
|---|
| 971 | printErr(("Read request after end of file.\n")); | 
|---|
| 972 | rc = ERROR_NO_DATA; /*??*/ | 
|---|
| 973 | break; | 
|---|
| 974 | } | 
|---|
| 975 |  | 
|---|
| 976 | /* calc offsets */ | 
|---|
| 977 | ULONG offObject = offLXFile - paObjects[iObj].offLXFile; | 
|---|
| 978 | offPEFile = offObject + paObjects[iObj].offPEFile; | 
|---|
| 979 |  | 
|---|
| 980 | /* TIBFix object? */ | 
|---|
| 981 | if (!paObjects[iObj].Misc.fTIBFixObject | 
|---|
| 982 | || paObjects[iObj].Misc.offTIBFix + (ULONG)SIZEOF_TIBFIX <= offObject) | 
|---|
| 983 | {   /* not TIB object OR after the TIBFix code */ | 
|---|
| 984 | /* calc PE offset and size of read. */ | 
|---|
| 985 | cbReadVar = min(paObjects[iObj].cbPhysical - offObject, cbToRead); | 
|---|
| 986 | rc = ReadAtF(hFile, offPEFile, pvBuffer, fpBuffer, cbReadVar, pMTE); | 
|---|
| 987 | } | 
|---|
| 988 | else | 
|---|
| 989 | {   /* before or in the TIBFix code. */ | 
|---|
| 990 | if (offObject < paObjects[iObj].Misc.offTIBFix) | 
|---|
| 991 | {   /* before TIBFix code. */ | 
|---|
| 992 | cbReadVar = min(paObjects[iObj].Misc.offTIBFix - offObject, cbToRead); | 
|---|
| 993 | rc = ReadAtF(hFile, offPEFile, pvBuffer, fpBuffer, cbReadVar, pMTE); | 
|---|
| 994 | } | 
|---|
| 995 | else | 
|---|
| 996 | {   /* TIBFix code.*/ | 
|---|
| 997 | offObject -= paObjects[iObj].Misc.offTIBFix;    /* now offset into the TIBFix. */ | 
|---|
| 998 | cbReadVar = min(SIZEOF_TIBFIX - offObject, cbToRead); | 
|---|
| 999 | memcpy(pvBuffer, &achTIBFix[offObject], (size_t)cbReadVar); | 
|---|
| 1000 | } | 
|---|
| 1001 | } | 
|---|
| 1002 |  | 
|---|
| 1003 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 1004 | {   /* success - update variables */ | 
|---|
| 1005 | cbToRead -= cbReadVar; | 
|---|
| 1006 | offLXFile += cbReadVar; | 
|---|
| 1007 | pvBuffer = (PVOID)((ULONG)pvBuffer + cbReadVar); | 
|---|
| 1008 | } | 
|---|
| 1009 | else | 
|---|
| 1010 | printErr(("Read operation failed with rc=%d, offPEFile=0x%x, cbReadVar=%d, iObj=%d\n", | 
|---|
| 1011 | rc, offPEFile, cbReadVar, iObj)); | 
|---|
| 1012 | } | 
|---|
| 1013 |  | 
|---|
| 1014 | NOREF(fpBuffer); | 
|---|
| 1015 | NOREF(pMTE); | 
|---|
| 1016 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 1017 | } | 
|---|
| 1018 |  | 
|---|
| 1019 |  | 
|---|
| 1020 | /** | 
|---|
| 1021 | * Applies relocation fixups to a page which is being loaded. | 
|---|
| 1022 | * @returns    NO_ERROR on success? | 
|---|
| 1023 | *             error code on error? | 
|---|
| 1024 | * @param      pMTE           Pointer Module Table Entry. | 
|---|
| 1025 | * @param      iObject        Index into the object table. (0-based) | 
|---|
| 1026 | * @param      iPageTable     Index into the page table. (0-based) | 
|---|
| 1027 | * @param      pvPage         Pointer to the page which is being loaded. | 
|---|
| 1028 | * @param      ulPageAddress  Address of page. | 
|---|
| 1029 | * @param      pvPTDA         Pointer to Per Task Data Aera | 
|---|
| 1030 | * | 
|---|
| 1031 | * @sketch     Find RVA. | 
|---|
| 1032 | * @remarks    Some more information on relocations: | 
|---|
| 1033 | * From Web: | 
|---|
| 1034 | *   IMAGE_REL_I386_ABSOLUTE Reference is absolute, no relocation is necessary | 
|---|
| 1035 | *   IMAGE_REL_I386_DIR16    Direct 16-bit reference to the symbols virtual address | 
|---|
| 1036 | *   IMAGE_REL_I386_REL16    PC-relative 16-bit reference to the symbols virtual address | 
|---|
| 1037 | *   IMAGE_REL_I386_DIR32    Direct 32-bit reference to the symbols virtual address | 
|---|
| 1038 | *   IMAGE_REL_I386_DIR32NB  Direct 32-bit reference to the symbols virtual address, base not included | 
|---|
| 1039 | *   IMAGE_REL_I386_SEG12    Direct 16-bit reference to the segment-selector bits of a 32-bit virtual address | 
|---|
| 1040 | *   IMAGE_REL_I386_SECTION  ? | 
|---|
| 1041 | *   IMAGE_REL_I386_SECREL   ? | 
|---|
| 1042 | *   IMAGE_REL_I386_REL32    PC-relative 32-bit reference to the symbols virtual address | 
|---|
| 1043 | * | 
|---|
| 1044 | * From TIS: | 
|---|
| 1045 | *   Type = 4bit fixup type. This value has the following definitions: | 
|---|
| 1046 | *   0h     Absolute. This is a NOP. The fixup is skipped. | 
|---|
| 1047 | *   1h     High. Add the high 16 bits of the delta to the 16 bit field at Offset. | 
|---|
| 1048 | *          The 16bit field represents the high value of a 32 bit word. | 
|---|
| 1049 | *   2h     Low. Add the low 16 bits of the delta to the 16 bit field at Offset. | 
|---|
| 1050 | *          The 16 bit field represents the low half value of a 32 bit word. This | 
|---|
| 1051 | *          fixup will only be emitted for a RISC machine when the image Object | 
|---|
| 1052 | *          Align isn't the default of 64K. | 
|---|
| 1053 | *   3h     Highlow. Apply the 32 bit delta to the 32 bit field at Offset. | 
|---|
| 1054 | *   4h     Highadjust. This fixup requires a full 32 bit value. The high 16 bits | 
|---|
| 1055 | *          is located at Offset, and the low 16 bits is located in the next Offset | 
|---|
| 1056 | *          array element (this array element is included in the Size field). The | 
|---|
| 1057 | *          two need to be combined into a signed variable. Add the 32 bit delta. | 
|---|
| 1058 | *          Then add 0x8000 and store the high 16 bits of the signed variable to | 
|---|
| 1059 | *          the 16 bit field at Offset. | 
|---|
| 1060 | *   5h  Mipsjmpaddr. | 
|---|
| 1061 | * | 
|---|
| 1062 | * TODO: implement the above mentioned fixups. | 
|---|
| 1063 | */ | 
|---|
| 1064 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::applyFixups(PMTE pMTE, ULONG iObject, ULONG iPageTable, PVOID pvPage, | 
|---|
| 1065 | ULONG ulPageAddress, PVOID pvPTDA) | 
|---|
| 1066 | { | 
|---|
| 1067 | APIRET rc; | 
|---|
| 1068 |  | 
|---|
| 1069 | if (fApplyFixups != FALSE && pBaseRelocs != NULL) | 
|---|
| 1070 | { | 
|---|
| 1071 | ULONG ulRVAPage; | 
|---|
| 1072 | ULONG ulDelta; | 
|---|
| 1073 | PSMTE pSMTE = pMTE->mte_swapmte; | 
|---|
| 1074 |  | 
|---|
| 1075 | /* validate input */ | 
|---|
| 1076 | if (pSMTE < (PSMTE)0x10000) | 
|---|
| 1077 | { | 
|---|
| 1078 | printErr(("Invalid pSMTE(0x%08x)\n", pSMTE)); | 
|---|
| 1079 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 1080 | } | 
|---|
| 1081 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 1082 | if (pSMTE->smte_objcnt <= iObject) | 
|---|
| 1083 | { | 
|---|
| 1084 | printErr(("Invalid iObject(%d), smte_objcnt=%d\n", iObject, pSMTE->smte_objcnt)); | 
|---|
| 1085 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 1086 | } | 
|---|
| 1087 | if (cObjects <= iObject) | 
|---|
| 1088 | { | 
|---|
| 1089 | printErr(("Invalid iObject(%d), cObjects=%d\n", iObject, cObjects)); | 
|---|
| 1090 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 1091 | } | 
|---|
| 1092 | #endif | 
|---|
| 1093 |  | 
|---|
| 1094 | /* some calculations */ | 
|---|
| 1095 | ulDelta     = pSMTE->smte_objtab[iObject].ote_base - paObjects[iObject].ulRVA - ulImageBase; | 
|---|
| 1096 | ulRVAPage   = paObjects[iObject].ulRVA + ulPageAddress - pSMTE->smte_objtab[iObject].ote_base; | 
|---|
| 1097 |  | 
|---|
| 1098 | /* check if the fixup needs to be applied? */ | 
|---|
| 1099 | if (fApplyFixups == ~0UL) | 
|---|
| 1100 | { | 
|---|
| 1101 | fDeltaOnly = TRUE;          /* IMPORTANT: Later code assumes that this is true when fAllInOneObject is true. */ | 
|---|
| 1102 | if (fAllInOneObject) | 
|---|
| 1103 | fApplyFixups = ulImageBase != pSMTE->smte_objtab[0].ote_base; | 
|---|
| 1104 | else | 
|---|
| 1105 | { | 
|---|
| 1106 | int i = 0; | 
|---|
| 1107 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 1108 | if (cObjects != pSMTE->smte_objcnt) | 
|---|
| 1109 | printErr(("cObjects(%d) != smte_objcnt(%d)\n", cObjects, pSMTE->smte_objcnt)); | 
|---|
| 1110 | #endif | 
|---|
| 1111 | fApplyFixups = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1112 | while (i < cObjects && (!fApplyFixups || fDeltaOnly)) | 
|---|
| 1113 | { | 
|---|
| 1114 | register ULONG ulTmp = pSMTE->smte_objtab[i].ote_base - ulImageBase - paObjects[i].ulRVA; | 
|---|
| 1115 | if (ulTmp != 0) | 
|---|
| 1116 | fApplyFixups = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 1117 | if (ulTmp != ulDelta) | 
|---|
| 1118 | fDeltaOnly = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 1119 | i++; | 
|---|
| 1120 | } | 
|---|
| 1121 | } | 
|---|
| 1122 | if (!fApplyFixups) | 
|---|
| 1123 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1124 | } | 
|---|
| 1125 |  | 
|---|
| 1126 | if (fDeltaOnly) | 
|---|
| 1127 | return applyFixupsDelta(pvPage, ulDelta, ulRVAPage); | 
|---|
| 1128 |  | 
|---|
| 1129 | /* | 
|---|
| 1130 | * Iterate thru the fixup chunks until we find one or two with fixups valid for | 
|---|
| 1131 | * this page. I say one or two since we might have cross page fixups from the previous page | 
|---|
| 1132 | * So, we'll have to start working at the previous page. | 
|---|
| 1133 | * ASSUME: -fixups are sorted ascendingly on page RVA. only one chunk per page. | 
|---|
| 1134 | *         -only one cross page fixup at each end which doesn't overlapp with other fixups. | 
|---|
| 1135 | */ | 
|---|
| 1136 | PIMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION pbr = pBaseRelocs; | 
|---|
| 1137 |  | 
|---|
| 1138 | while ((unsigned)pbr - (unsigned)pBaseRelocs + 8 < cbBaseRelocs /* 8= VirtualAddress and SizeOfBlock members */ | 
|---|
| 1139 | && pbr->SizeOfBlock >= 8 | 
|---|
| 1140 | && pbr->VirtualAddress < ulRVAPage + PAGESIZE) | 
|---|
| 1141 | { | 
|---|
| 1142 |  | 
|---|
| 1143 | if (pbr->VirtualAddress + PAGESIZE >= ulRVAPage) | 
|---|
| 1144 | { | 
|---|
| 1145 | PWORD pwoffFixup   = &pbr->TypeOffset[0]; | 
|---|
| 1146 | ULONG cRelocations = (pbr->SizeOfBlock - offsetof(IMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION, TypeOffset)) / sizeof(WORD); /* note that sizeof(BaseReloc) is 12 bytes! */ | 
|---|
| 1147 |  | 
|---|
| 1148 | /* Some bound checking just to be sure it works... */ | 
|---|
| 1149 | if ((unsigned)pbr - (unsigned)pBaseRelocs + pbr->SizeOfBlock > cbBaseRelocs) | 
|---|
| 1150 | { | 
|---|
| 1151 | printWar(("Block ends after BaseRelocation datadirectory.\n")); | 
|---|
| 1152 | cRelocations = (((unsigned)pBaseRelocs + cbBaseRelocs) - (unsigned)pbr - offsetof(IMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION, TypeOffset)) / sizeof(WORD); | 
|---|
| 1153 | } | 
|---|
| 1154 |  | 
|---|
| 1155 |  | 
|---|
| 1156 | /* | 
|---|
| 1157 | * skip to near end of previous page to save time | 
|---|
| 1158 | * I just don't dare to skip to the second last offset, | 
|---|
| 1159 | * 7 offsets from the end sounds nice and secure. | 
|---|
| 1160 | */ | 
|---|
| 1161 | if (pbr->VirtualAddress < ulRVAPage && cRelocations > 7) | 
|---|
| 1162 | { | 
|---|
| 1163 | pwoffFixup += cRelocations - 7; /*  */ | 
|---|
| 1164 | cRelocations = 7; | 
|---|
| 1165 | } | 
|---|
| 1166 |  | 
|---|
| 1167 |  | 
|---|
| 1168 | /* | 
|---|
| 1169 | * Loop thru the fixups in this chunk. | 
|---|
| 1170 | */ | 
|---|
| 1171 | while (cRelocations != 0) | 
|---|
| 1172 | { | 
|---|
| 1173 | /* | 
|---|
| 1174 | * Fixup size table. 0xFF for fixups which aren't supported | 
|---|
| 1175 | * or is just non-sense. | 
|---|
| 1176 | */ | 
|---|
| 1177 | #define CBFIXUPMAX 4 | 
|---|
| 1178 | static char acbFixupTypes[16] = {0xFF, 0x02, 0x02, 0x04, | 
|---|
| 1179 | 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, | 
|---|
| 1180 | 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, | 
|---|
| 1181 | 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}; | 
|---|
| 1182 | int   offFixup  = *pwoffFixup & (int)(PAGESIZE-1); | 
|---|
| 1183 | int   fType     = *pwoffFixup >> 12; | 
|---|
| 1184 | int   cbFixup   = acbFixupTypes[fType]; | 
|---|
| 1185 |  | 
|---|
| 1186 | if (cbFixup <= CBFIXUPMAX | 
|---|
| 1187 | && offFixup + pbr->VirtualAddress + (cbFixup-1) >= ulRVAPage | 
|---|
| 1188 | && offFixup + pbr->VirtualAddress < ulRVAPage + PAGESIZE | 
|---|
| 1189 | ) | 
|---|
| 1190 | { | 
|---|
| 1191 | ULONG       iObj; | 
|---|
| 1192 | ULONG       ulTarget; | 
|---|
| 1193 | ULONG       ul;         /* Crosspage fixups: Content of fixup target */ | 
|---|
| 1194 |  | 
|---|
| 1195 | if (offFixup + pbr->VirtualAddress < ulRVAPage) | 
|---|
| 1196 | {   /* | 
|---|
| 1197 | * Crosspagefixup - from the page before | 
|---|
| 1198 | *  Start by reading the bytes on the previous page. We have to in case | 
|---|
| 1199 | *  of carray. | 
|---|
| 1200 | */ | 
|---|
| 1201 | //printInf(("Crosspagefixup at offset=%d type=%d\n", offFixup - PAGESIZE, fType)); | 
|---|
| 1202 | printf("Crosspagefixup at offset=%d type=%d\n", offFixup - PAGESIZE, fType); | 
|---|
| 1203 | rc = readAtRVA(ulRVAPage + offFixup - PAGESIZE, SSToDS(&ul), sizeof(ul)); | 
|---|
| 1204 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 1205 | { | 
|---|
| 1206 | printErr(("readAtRVA(0x%08x, ul(Before)..) failed with rc=%d\n", ulRVAPage + offFixup - PAGESIZE, rc)); | 
|---|
| 1207 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 1208 | } | 
|---|
| 1209 |  | 
|---|
| 1210 | /* | 
|---|
| 1211 | * If none-delta and highlow fixup try resolve target address. | 
|---|
| 1212 | * Falls back on delta fixup. We have to do this because of | 
|---|
| 1213 | * object alignment problems. | 
|---|
| 1214 | */ | 
|---|
| 1215 | iObj = ~0UL; | 
|---|
| 1216 | if (!fDeltaOnly && fType == IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHLOW) | 
|---|
| 1217 | { | 
|---|
| 1218 | /* Get target pointer, find it's object and apply the fixup */ | 
|---|
| 1219 | ulTarget = ul - ulImageBase;        /* ulTarget is now an RVA */ | 
|---|
| 1220 | iObj = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 1221 | while (iObj < cObjects | 
|---|
| 1222 | && ulTarget >= (iObj + 1 < cObjects ? paObjects[iObj+1].ulRVA | 
|---|
| 1223 | : ALIGN(paObjects[iObj].cbVirtual, PAGESIZE) + paObjects[iObj].ulRVA) | 
|---|
| 1224 | ) | 
|---|
| 1225 | iObj++; | 
|---|
| 1226 | if (iObj < cObjects) | 
|---|
| 1227 | ul = pSMTE->smte_objtab[iObj].ote_base + ulTarget - paObjects[iObj].ulRVA; | 
|---|
| 1228 | } | 
|---|
| 1229 |  | 
|---|
| 1230 | /* | 
|---|
| 1231 | * Apply delta fixup. | 
|---|
| 1232 | */ | 
|---|
| 1233 | if (iObj >= cObjects) | 
|---|
| 1234 | { | 
|---|
| 1235 | switch (fType) | 
|---|
| 1236 | { | 
|---|
| 1237 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_LOW: | 
|---|
| 1238 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHLOW: | 
|---|
| 1239 | ul += ulDelta; | 
|---|
| 1240 | break; | 
|---|
| 1241 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGH: | 
|---|
| 1242 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHADJ:  /* According to M$ docs these seems to be the same fixups. */ | 
|---|
| 1243 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGH3ADJ: | 
|---|
| 1244 | ul += ulDelta >> 16; | 
|---|
| 1245 | break; | 
|---|
| 1246 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_ABSOLUTE: | 
|---|
| 1247 | break; | 
|---|
| 1248 | default: | 
|---|
| 1249 | printErr(("Unknown fixup type %d offset=%0x%08x\n", fType, offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1250 | } | 
|---|
| 1251 | } | 
|---|
| 1252 |  | 
|---|
| 1253 | /* | 
|---|
| 1254 | * Copy the needed fixup data from ul to the page. | 
|---|
| 1255 | */ | 
|---|
| 1256 | if (cbFixup <= CBFIXUPMAX) | 
|---|
| 1257 | memcpy(pvPage, (char*)SSToDS(&ul) + PAGESIZE - offFixup, (size_t)(cbFixup - PAGESIZE + offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1258 | } | 
|---|
| 1259 | else if (offFixup + pbr->VirtualAddress + cbFixup > ulRVAPage + PAGESIZE) | 
|---|
| 1260 | {   /* | 
|---|
| 1261 | * Crosspagefixup - into the page afterwards | 
|---|
| 1262 | */ | 
|---|
| 1263 | printInf(("Crosspagefixup at offset=%d type=%d\n", PAGESIZE-offFixup, fType)); | 
|---|
| 1264 |  | 
|---|
| 1265 | /* | 
|---|
| 1266 | * If none-delta and highlow fixup then read the full 4 bytes so we can | 
|---|
| 1267 | * resolve the target address and fix it. | 
|---|
| 1268 | * If we fail to fix it we'll fall back on delta fixup. | 
|---|
| 1269 | */ | 
|---|
| 1270 | iObj = ~0UL; | 
|---|
| 1271 | if (!fDeltaOnly && fType == IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHLOW) | 
|---|
| 1272 | { | 
|---|
| 1273 | rc = readAtRVA(ulRVAPage +  offFixup, SSToDS(&ul), sizeof(ul)); | 
|---|
| 1274 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 1275 | { | 
|---|
| 1276 | printErr(("readAtRVA(0x%08x, ul(After)..) failed with rc=%d\n", ulRVAPage+offFixup, rc)); | 
|---|
| 1277 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 1278 | } | 
|---|
| 1279 |  | 
|---|
| 1280 | /* Get target pointer, find it's object and apply the fixup */ | 
|---|
| 1281 | ulTarget = ul - ulImageBase; /* ulTarget is now an RVA */ | 
|---|
| 1282 | iObj = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 1283 | while (iObj < cObjects | 
|---|
| 1284 | && ulTarget >= (iObj + 1 < cObjects ? paObjects[iObj+1].ulRVA | 
|---|
| 1285 | : ALIGN(paObjects[iObj].cbVirtual, PAGESIZE) + paObjects[iObj].ulRVA) | 
|---|
| 1286 | ) | 
|---|
| 1287 | iObj++; | 
|---|
| 1288 | if (iObj < cObjects) | 
|---|
| 1289 | ul = pSMTE->smte_objtab[iObj].ote_base + ulTarget - paObjects[iObj].ulRVA; | 
|---|
| 1290 | } | 
|---|
| 1291 |  | 
|---|
| 1292 | /* | 
|---|
| 1293 | * Apply delta fixup. | 
|---|
| 1294 | */ | 
|---|
| 1295 | if (iObj >= cObjects) | 
|---|
| 1296 | { | 
|---|
| 1297 | ul = 0; | 
|---|
| 1298 | memcpy(SSToDS(&ul), (char*)pvPage + offFixup, (size_t)(PAGESIZE - offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1299 | switch (fType) | 
|---|
| 1300 | { | 
|---|
| 1301 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_LOW: | 
|---|
| 1302 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHLOW: | 
|---|
| 1303 | ul += ulDelta; | 
|---|
| 1304 | break; | 
|---|
| 1305 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGH: | 
|---|
| 1306 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHADJ:  /* According to M$ docs these seems to be the same fixups. */ | 
|---|
| 1307 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGH3ADJ: | 
|---|
| 1308 | ul += ulDelta >> 8; | 
|---|
| 1309 | break; | 
|---|
| 1310 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_ABSOLUTE: | 
|---|
| 1311 | break; | 
|---|
| 1312 | default: | 
|---|
| 1313 | printErr(("Unknown fixup type %d offset=%0x%08x\n", fType, offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1314 | } | 
|---|
| 1315 | } | 
|---|
| 1316 |  | 
|---|
| 1317 | /* | 
|---|
| 1318 | * Copy the needed fixup data from ul to the page. | 
|---|
| 1319 | */ | 
|---|
| 1320 | if (cbFixup <= CBFIXUPMAX) | 
|---|
| 1321 | memcpy((char*)pvPage + offFixup, (char*)SSToDS(&ul), (size_t)(PAGESIZE - offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1322 | } | 
|---|
| 1323 | else | 
|---|
| 1324 | {   /* | 
|---|
| 1325 | * Common fixup | 
|---|
| 1326 | */ | 
|---|
| 1327 | PULONG      pul;        /* Pointer to fixup target */ | 
|---|
| 1328 | pul = (PULONG)((unsigned)pvPage + offFixup + pbr->VirtualAddress - ulRVAPage); | 
|---|
| 1329 | switch (fType) | 
|---|
| 1330 | { | 
|---|
| 1331 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHLOW: | 
|---|
| 1332 | printInfA(("IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHLOW offset=0x%08x\n", offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1333 | if (fDeltaOnly) | 
|---|
| 1334 | *pul += ulDelta; | 
|---|
| 1335 | else | 
|---|
| 1336 | { | 
|---|
| 1337 | ulTarget = *pul - ulImageBase;  /* ulTarget is now an RVA */ | 
|---|
| 1338 | iObj = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 1339 | while (iObj < cObjects | 
|---|
| 1340 | && ulTarget >= (iObj + 1 < cObjects ? paObjects[iObj+1].ulRVA | 
|---|
| 1341 | : ALIGN(paObjects[iObj].cbVirtual, PAGESIZE) + paObjects[iObj].ulRVA) | 
|---|
| 1342 | ) | 
|---|
| 1343 | iObj++; | 
|---|
| 1344 | if (iObj < cObjects) | 
|---|
| 1345 | *pul = pSMTE->smte_objtab[iObj].ote_base + ulTarget - paObjects[iObj].ulRVA; | 
|---|
| 1346 | else | 
|---|
| 1347 | *pul += ulDelta; | 
|---|
| 1348 | } | 
|---|
| 1349 | break; | 
|---|
| 1350 |  | 
|---|
| 1351 | /* Placeholder. */ | 
|---|
| 1352 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_ABSOLUTE: | 
|---|
| 1353 | break; | 
|---|
| 1354 |  | 
|---|
| 1355 | /* Will probably not work very well until the 64KB object alignment is gone! */ | 
|---|
| 1356 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGH: | 
|---|
| 1357 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHADJ:   /* According to M$ docs these seems to be the same fixups. */ | 
|---|
| 1358 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGH3ADJ: | 
|---|
| 1359 | printInfA(("IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGH offset=0x%08x\n", offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1360 | *(PUSHORT)pul += (USHORT)(ulDelta >> 16); | 
|---|
| 1361 | break; | 
|---|
| 1362 | /* Will probably not work very well until the 64KB object alignment is gone! */ | 
|---|
| 1363 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_LOW: | 
|---|
| 1364 | printInfA(("IMAGE_REL_BASED_LOW  offset=0x%08x\n", offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1365 | *(PUSHORT)pul += (USHORT)ulDelta; | 
|---|
| 1366 | break; | 
|---|
| 1367 | default: | 
|---|
| 1368 | printErr(("Unknown fixup type %d offset=%0x%08x\n", fType, offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1369 | } | 
|---|
| 1370 | } | 
|---|
| 1371 | } | 
|---|
| 1372 |  | 
|---|
| 1373 | /* | 
|---|
| 1374 | * Next offset/type | 
|---|
| 1375 | */ | 
|---|
| 1376 | pwoffFixup++; | 
|---|
| 1377 | cRelocations--; | 
|---|
| 1378 | } /* while loop */ | 
|---|
| 1379 |  | 
|---|
| 1380 | } /* else: not touching this page */ | 
|---|
| 1381 |  | 
|---|
| 1382 | /* | 
|---|
| 1383 | * Next Fixup chunk. (i.e. next page) | 
|---|
| 1384 | */ | 
|---|
| 1385 | pbr = (PIMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION)((unsigned)pbr + pbr->SizeOfBlock); | 
|---|
| 1386 | } /* while loop */ | 
|---|
| 1387 | } /* else: don't need to apply fixups */ | 
|---|
| 1388 | NOREF(iPageTable); | 
|---|
| 1389 | NOREF(pvPTDA); | 
|---|
| 1390 |  | 
|---|
| 1391 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1392 | } | 
|---|
| 1393 |  | 
|---|
| 1394 |  | 
|---|
| 1395 | /** | 
|---|
| 1396 | * applyFixups worker used when only deltas are to be applied. | 
|---|
| 1397 | */ | 
|---|
| 1398 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::applyFixupsDelta(PVOID pvPage, ULONG ulDelta, ULONG ulRVAPage) | 
|---|
| 1399 | { | 
|---|
| 1400 | /* | 
|---|
| 1401 | * Iterate thru the fixup chunks until we find one or two with fixups valid for | 
|---|
| 1402 | * this page. I say one or two since we might have cross page fixups from the previous page | 
|---|
| 1403 | * So, we'll have to start working at the previous page. | 
|---|
| 1404 | * ASSUME: -fixups are sorted ascendingly on page RVA. only one chunk per page. | 
|---|
| 1405 | *         -only one cross page fixup at each end which doesn't overlapp with other fixups. | 
|---|
| 1406 | */ | 
|---|
| 1407 | PIMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION pbr = pBaseRelocs; | 
|---|
| 1408 |  | 
|---|
| 1409 | while ((unsigned)pbr - (unsigned)pBaseRelocs + 8 < cbBaseRelocs /* 8= VirtualAddress and SizeOfBlock members */ | 
|---|
| 1410 | && pbr->SizeOfBlock >= 8 | 
|---|
| 1411 | && pbr->VirtualAddress < ulRVAPage + PAGESIZE) | 
|---|
| 1412 | { | 
|---|
| 1413 |  | 
|---|
| 1414 | if (pbr->VirtualAddress + PAGESIZE >= ulRVAPage) | 
|---|
| 1415 | { | 
|---|
| 1416 | PWORD pwoffFixup   = &pbr->TypeOffset[0]; | 
|---|
| 1417 | ULONG cRelocations = (pbr->SizeOfBlock - offsetof(IMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION, TypeOffset)) / sizeof(WORD); /* note that sizeof(BaseReloc) is 12 bytes! */ | 
|---|
| 1418 |  | 
|---|
| 1419 | /* Some bound checking just to be sure it works... */ | 
|---|
| 1420 | if ((unsigned)pbr - (unsigned)pBaseRelocs + pbr->SizeOfBlock > cbBaseRelocs) | 
|---|
| 1421 | { | 
|---|
| 1422 | printWar(("Block ends after BaseRelocation datadirectory.\n")); | 
|---|
| 1423 | cRelocations = (((unsigned)pBaseRelocs + cbBaseRelocs) - (unsigned)pbr - offsetof(IMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION, TypeOffset)) / sizeof(WORD); | 
|---|
| 1424 | } | 
|---|
| 1425 |  | 
|---|
| 1426 |  | 
|---|
| 1427 | /* | 
|---|
| 1428 | * skip to near end of previous page to save time | 
|---|
| 1429 | * I just don't dare to skip to the second last offset, | 
|---|
| 1430 | * 7 offsets from the end sounds nice and secure. | 
|---|
| 1431 | */ | 
|---|
| 1432 | if (pbr->VirtualAddress < ulRVAPage && cRelocations > 7) | 
|---|
| 1433 | { | 
|---|
| 1434 | pwoffFixup += cRelocations - 7; /*  */ | 
|---|
| 1435 | cRelocations = 7; | 
|---|
| 1436 | } | 
|---|
| 1437 |  | 
|---|
| 1438 |  | 
|---|
| 1439 | /* | 
|---|
| 1440 | * Loop thru the fixups in this chunk. | 
|---|
| 1441 | */ | 
|---|
| 1442 | while (cRelocations != 0) | 
|---|
| 1443 | { | 
|---|
| 1444 | /* | 
|---|
| 1445 | * Fixup size table. 0xFF for fixups which aren't supported | 
|---|
| 1446 | * or is just non-sense. | 
|---|
| 1447 | */ | 
|---|
| 1448 | #define CBFIXUPMAX 4 | 
|---|
| 1449 | static char acbFixupTypes[16] = {0xFF, 0x02, 0x02, 0x04, | 
|---|
| 1450 | 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, | 
|---|
| 1451 | 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, | 
|---|
| 1452 | 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}; | 
|---|
| 1453 | int   offFixup  = *pwoffFixup & (int)(PAGESIZE-1); | 
|---|
| 1454 | int   fType     = *pwoffFixup >> 12; | 
|---|
| 1455 | int   cbFixup   = acbFixupTypes[fType]; | 
|---|
| 1456 |  | 
|---|
| 1457 | if (cbFixup <= CBFIXUPMAX | 
|---|
| 1458 | && offFixup + pbr->VirtualAddress + (cbFixup-1) >= ulRVAPage | 
|---|
| 1459 | && offFixup + pbr->VirtualAddress < ulRVAPage + PAGESIZE | 
|---|
| 1460 | ) | 
|---|
| 1461 | { | 
|---|
| 1462 | ULONG       ul;         /* Crosspage fixups: Content of fixup target */ | 
|---|
| 1463 |  | 
|---|
| 1464 | if (offFixup + pbr->VirtualAddress < ulRVAPage) | 
|---|
| 1465 | {   /* | 
|---|
| 1466 | * Crosspagefixup - from the page before | 
|---|
| 1467 | *  Start by reading the bytes on the previous page. We have to in case | 
|---|
| 1468 | *  of carray. | 
|---|
| 1469 | */ | 
|---|
| 1470 | printInf(("Crosspagefixup at offset=%d type=%d\n", offFixup - PAGESIZE, fType)); | 
|---|
| 1471 | APIRET rc = readAtRVA(ulRVAPage + offFixup - PAGESIZE, SSToDS(&ul), sizeof(ul)); | 
|---|
| 1472 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 1473 | { | 
|---|
| 1474 | printErr(("readAtRVA(0x%08x, ul(Before)..) failed with rc=%d\n", ulRVAPage + offFixup - PAGESIZE, rc)); | 
|---|
| 1475 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 1476 | } | 
|---|
| 1477 |  | 
|---|
| 1478 | /* | 
|---|
| 1479 | * Apply delta fixup. | 
|---|
| 1480 | */ | 
|---|
| 1481 | switch (fType) | 
|---|
| 1482 | { | 
|---|
| 1483 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_LOW: | 
|---|
| 1484 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHLOW: | 
|---|
| 1485 | ul += ulDelta; | 
|---|
| 1486 | break; | 
|---|
| 1487 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGH: | 
|---|
| 1488 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHADJ:  /* According to M$ docs these seems to be the same fixups. */ | 
|---|
| 1489 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGH3ADJ: | 
|---|
| 1490 | ul += ulDelta >> 16; | 
|---|
| 1491 | break; | 
|---|
| 1492 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_ABSOLUTE: | 
|---|
| 1493 | break; | 
|---|
| 1494 | default: | 
|---|
| 1495 | printErr(("Unknown fixup type %d offset=%0x%08x\n", fType, offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1496 | } | 
|---|
| 1497 |  | 
|---|
| 1498 | /* | 
|---|
| 1499 | * Copy the needed fixup data from ul to the page. | 
|---|
| 1500 | */ | 
|---|
| 1501 | if (cbFixup <= CBFIXUPMAX) | 
|---|
| 1502 | memcpy(pvPage, (char*)SSToDS(&ul) + PAGESIZE - offFixup, (size_t)(cbFixup - PAGESIZE + offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1503 | } | 
|---|
| 1504 | else if (offFixup + pbr->VirtualAddress + cbFixup > ulRVAPage + PAGESIZE) | 
|---|
| 1505 | {   /* | 
|---|
| 1506 | * Crosspagefixup - into the page afterwards | 
|---|
| 1507 | */ | 
|---|
| 1508 | printInf(("Crosspagefixup at offset=%d type=%d\n", PAGESIZE-offFixup, fType)); | 
|---|
| 1509 |  | 
|---|
| 1510 | /* | 
|---|
| 1511 | * Apply delta fixup. | 
|---|
| 1512 | */ | 
|---|
| 1513 | ul = 0; | 
|---|
| 1514 | memcpy(SSToDS(&ul), (char*)pvPage + offFixup, (size_t)(PAGESIZE - offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1515 | switch (fType) | 
|---|
| 1516 | { | 
|---|
| 1517 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_LOW: | 
|---|
| 1518 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHLOW: | 
|---|
| 1519 | ul += ulDelta; | 
|---|
| 1520 | break; | 
|---|
| 1521 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGH: | 
|---|
| 1522 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHADJ:  /* According to M$ docs these seems to be the same fixups. */ | 
|---|
| 1523 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGH3ADJ: | 
|---|
| 1524 | ul += ulDelta >> 8; | 
|---|
| 1525 | break; | 
|---|
| 1526 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_ABSOLUTE: | 
|---|
| 1527 | break; | 
|---|
| 1528 | default: | 
|---|
| 1529 | printErr(("Unknown fixup type %d offset=%0x%08x\n", fType, offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1530 | } | 
|---|
| 1531 |  | 
|---|
| 1532 | /* | 
|---|
| 1533 | * Copy the needed fixup data from ul to the page. | 
|---|
| 1534 | */ | 
|---|
| 1535 | if (cbFixup <= CBFIXUPMAX) | 
|---|
| 1536 | memcpy((char*)pvPage + offFixup, (char*)SSToDS(&ul), (size_t)(PAGESIZE - offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1537 | } | 
|---|
| 1538 | else | 
|---|
| 1539 | {   /* | 
|---|
| 1540 | * Common fixup | 
|---|
| 1541 | */ | 
|---|
| 1542 | PULONG      pul;        /* Pointer to fixup target */ | 
|---|
| 1543 | pul = (PULONG)((unsigned)pvPage + offFixup + pbr->VirtualAddress - ulRVAPage); | 
|---|
| 1544 | switch (fType) | 
|---|
| 1545 | { | 
|---|
| 1546 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHLOW: | 
|---|
| 1547 | printInfA(("IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHLOW offset=0x%08x\n", offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1548 | *pul += ulDelta; | 
|---|
| 1549 | break; | 
|---|
| 1550 | /* Placeholder. */ | 
|---|
| 1551 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_ABSOLUTE: | 
|---|
| 1552 | break; | 
|---|
| 1553 | /* Will probably not work very well until the 64KB object alignment is gone! */ | 
|---|
| 1554 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGH: | 
|---|
| 1555 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHADJ:   /* According to M$ docs these seems to be the same fixups. */ | 
|---|
| 1556 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGH3ADJ: | 
|---|
| 1557 | printInfA(("IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGH offset=0x%08x\n", offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1558 | *(PUSHORT)pul += (USHORT)(ulDelta >> 16); | 
|---|
| 1559 | break; | 
|---|
| 1560 | /* Will probably not work very well until the 64KB object alignment is gone! */ | 
|---|
| 1561 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_LOW: | 
|---|
| 1562 | printInfA(("IMAGE_REL_BASED_LOW  offset=0x%08x\n", offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1563 | *(PUSHORT)pul += (USHORT)ulDelta; | 
|---|
| 1564 | break; | 
|---|
| 1565 | default: | 
|---|
| 1566 | printErr(("Unknown fixup type %d offset=%0x%08x\n", fType, offFixup)); | 
|---|
| 1567 | } | 
|---|
| 1568 | } | 
|---|
| 1569 | } | 
|---|
| 1570 |  | 
|---|
| 1571 | /* | 
|---|
| 1572 | * Next offset/type | 
|---|
| 1573 | */ | 
|---|
| 1574 | pwoffFixup++; | 
|---|
| 1575 | cRelocations--; | 
|---|
| 1576 | } /* while loop */ | 
|---|
| 1577 |  | 
|---|
| 1578 | } /* else: not touching this page */ | 
|---|
| 1579 |  | 
|---|
| 1580 | /* | 
|---|
| 1581 | * Next Fixup chunk. (i.e. next page) | 
|---|
| 1582 | */ | 
|---|
| 1583 | pbr = (PIMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION)((unsigned)pbr + pbr->SizeOfBlock); | 
|---|
| 1584 | } /* while loop */ | 
|---|
| 1585 |  | 
|---|
| 1586 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 1587 | } | 
|---|
| 1588 |  | 
|---|
| 1589 | /** | 
|---|
| 1590 | * openPath - opens file eventually searching loader specific paths. | 
|---|
| 1591 | * This method is only called for DLLs. (DosLoadModule and Imports.) | 
|---|
| 1592 | * | 
|---|
| 1593 | * | 
|---|
| 1594 | * @returns   OS2 return code. | 
|---|
| 1595 | *            pLdrLv->lv_sfn  is set to filename handle. | 
|---|
| 1596 | * @param     pachFilename  Pointer to filename. Not zero terminated! | 
|---|
| 1597 | * @param     cchFilename   Filename length. | 
|---|
| 1598 | * @param     pLdrLv        Loader local variables? (Struct from KERNEL.SDF) | 
|---|
| 1599 | * @param     pful          Pointer to flags which are passed on to ldrOpen. | 
|---|
| 1600 | * @sketch | 
|---|
| 1601 | * This is roughly what the original ldrOpenPath does: | 
|---|
| 1602 | *      if !CLASS_GLOBAL or miniifs then | 
|---|
| 1603 | *          ldrOpen(pachModName) | 
|---|
| 1604 | *      else | 
|---|
| 1605 | *          loop until no more libpath elements | 
|---|
| 1606 | *              get next libpath element and add it to the modname. | 
|---|
| 1607 | *              try open the modname | 
|---|
| 1608 | *              if successfull then break the loop. | 
|---|
| 1609 | *          endloop | 
|---|
| 1610 | *      endif | 
|---|
| 1611 | */ | 
|---|
| 1612 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::openPath(PCHAR pachFilename, USHORT cchFilename, ldrlv_t *pLdrLv, PULONG pful, ULONG lLibPath) /* (ldrOpenPath) */ | 
|---|
| 1613 | { | 
|---|
| 1614 | #ifdef RING0 | 
|---|
| 1615 |  | 
|---|
| 1616 | /* | 
|---|
| 1617 | * Mark the SFN invalid in the case of error. | 
|---|
| 1618 | * Initiate the Odin32 Path static variable and call worker. | 
|---|
| 1619 | */ | 
|---|
| 1620 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 1621 | APIRET rc; | 
|---|
| 1622 | //kprintf(("pe2lx::openPath(%.*s, %d, %x, %x, %x)\n", | 
|---|
| 1623 | //         cchFilename, pachFilename, cchFilename, pLdrLv, pful, lLibPath)); | 
|---|
| 1624 | rc = openPath2(pachFilename, cchFilename, pLdrLv, pful, lLibPath, initOdin32Path()); | 
|---|
| 1625 | //kprintf(("pe2lx::openPath rc=%d\n", rc)); | 
|---|
| 1626 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 1627 | #else | 
|---|
| 1628 | return openPath2(pachFilename, cchFilename, pLdrLv, pful, lLibPath, initOdin32Path()); | 
|---|
| 1629 | #endif | 
|---|
| 1630 |  | 
|---|
| 1631 | #else | 
|---|
| 1632 | NOREF(pachFilename); | 
|---|
| 1633 | NOREF(cchFilename); | 
|---|
| 1634 | NOREF(pLdrLv); | 
|---|
| 1635 | NOREF(pful); | 
|---|
| 1636 | NOREF(lLibPath); | 
|---|
| 1637 | return ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED; | 
|---|
| 1638 | #endif | 
|---|
| 1639 | } | 
|---|
| 1640 |  | 
|---|
| 1641 |  | 
|---|
| 1642 | /** | 
|---|
| 1643 | * openPath2 - Worker for openPath which is also used by initOdin32Path. | 
|---|
| 1644 | * | 
|---|
| 1645 | * @returns   OS2 return code. | 
|---|
| 1646 | *            pLdrLv->lv_sfn  is set to filename handle. | 
|---|
| 1647 | * @param     pachFilename      Pointer to filename. Not zero terminated! | 
|---|
| 1648 | * @param     cchFilename       Filename length. | 
|---|
| 1649 | * @param     pLdrLv            Loader local variables? (Struct from KERNEL.SDF) | 
|---|
| 1650 | * @param     pful              Pointer to flags which are passed on to ldrOpen. | 
|---|
| 1651 | * @param     fOdin32PathValid  Flag indicating that the pszOdin32Path is valid or not. | 
|---|
| 1652 | * @sketch | 
|---|
| 1653 | * This is roughly what the original ldrOpenPath does: | 
|---|
| 1654 | *      if !CLASS_GLOBAL or miniifs then | 
|---|
| 1655 | *          ldrOpen(pachModName) | 
|---|
| 1656 | *      else | 
|---|
| 1657 | *          loop until no more libpath elements | 
|---|
| 1658 | *              get next libpath element and add it to the modname. | 
|---|
| 1659 | *              try open the modname | 
|---|
| 1660 | *              if successfull then break the loop. | 
|---|
| 1661 | *          endloop | 
|---|
| 1662 | *      endif | 
|---|
| 1663 | * @remark      cchFilename has to be ULONG due to an optimization bug in VA 3.08. | 
|---|
| 1664 | *              (cchFilename should have been USHORT. But, then the compiler would | 
|---|
| 1665 | *               treat it as an ULONG.) | 
|---|
| 1666 | *              TODO: Support quotes. | 
|---|
| 1667 | */ | 
|---|
| 1668 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::openPath2(PCHAR pachFilename, ULONG cchFilename, ldrlv_t *pLdrLv, PULONG pful, ULONG lLibPath, BOOL fOdin32PathValid) | 
|---|
| 1669 | { | 
|---|
| 1670 | #ifdef RING0 | 
|---|
| 1671 |  | 
|---|
| 1672 | APIRET  rc;                         /* Returncode. */ | 
|---|
| 1673 | ULONG   cchExt;                     /* Count of chars in additional extention. (0 if extention exists.) */ | 
|---|
| 1674 |  | 
|---|
| 1675 | /* These defines sets the order the paths and pathlists are examined. */ | 
|---|
| 1676 | #define FINDDLL_EXECUTABLEDIR   1 | 
|---|
| 1677 | #define FINDDLL_CURRENTDIR      2 | 
|---|
| 1678 | #define FINDDLL_SYSTEM32DIR     3 | 
|---|
| 1679 | #define FINDDLL_SYSTEM16DIR     4 | 
|---|
| 1680 | #define FINDDLL_WINDIR          5 | 
|---|
| 1681 | #define FINDDLL_PATH            6 | 
|---|
| 1682 | #define FINDDLL_BEGINLIBPATH    7   /* uses ldrOpenPath */ | 
|---|
| 1683 | #define FINDDLL_LIBPATH         8   /* uses ldrOpenPath */ | 
|---|
| 1684 | #define FINDDLL_ENDLIBPATH      9   /* uses ldrOpenPath */ | 
|---|
| 1685 | #define FINDDLL_FIRST           FINDDLL_EXECUTABLEDIR | 
|---|
| 1686 | #define FINDDLL_LAST            FINDDLL_ENDLIBPATH | 
|---|
| 1687 |  | 
|---|
| 1688 | struct _LocalVars | 
|---|
| 1689 | { | 
|---|
| 1690 | char    sz[CCHMAXPATH]; | 
|---|
| 1691 | char    szPath[CCHMAXPATH]; | 
|---|
| 1692 | } *pVars; | 
|---|
| 1693 |  | 
|---|
| 1694 |  | 
|---|
| 1695 | /** @sketch | 
|---|
| 1696 | * Mark the SFN invalid in the case of error. | 
|---|
| 1697 | * Allocate memory for local variables. | 
|---|
| 1698 | * Check for extention. | 
|---|
| 1699 | */ | 
|---|
| 1700 | pLdrLv->lv_sfn = 0xffff; | 
|---|
| 1701 | pVars = (struct _LocalVars*)rmalloc(sizeof(struct _LocalVars)); | 
|---|
| 1702 | if (pVars == NULL) | 
|---|
| 1703 | { | 
|---|
| 1704 | printErr(("openPath2: rmalloc failed\n")); | 
|---|
| 1705 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 1706 | } | 
|---|
| 1707 |  | 
|---|
| 1708 | cchExt = cchFilename - 1; | 
|---|
| 1709 | while (cchExt != 0 && pachFilename[cchExt] != '.') | 
|---|
| 1710 | cchExt--; | 
|---|
| 1711 | cchExt = cchExt != 0 ? 0 : 4; | 
|---|
| 1712 |  | 
|---|
| 1713 |  | 
|---|
| 1714 | /** @sketch | 
|---|
| 1715 | * Loop thru the paths and pathlists searching them for the filename. | 
|---|
| 1716 | */ | 
|---|
| 1717 | for (int iPath = FINDDLL_FIRST; iPath <= FINDDLL_LAST; iPath++) | 
|---|
| 1718 | { | 
|---|
| 1719 | char  * pszPath;                /* Pointer to the path being examined. */ | 
|---|
| 1720 |  | 
|---|
| 1721 | /** @sketch | 
|---|
| 1722 | * Get the path/dir to examin. (This is determined by the value if iPath.) | 
|---|
| 1723 | */ | 
|---|
| 1724 | switch (iPath) | 
|---|
| 1725 | { | 
|---|
| 1726 | case FINDDLL_EXECUTABLEDIR: | 
|---|
| 1727 | if ((pszPath = ldrGetExePath(pVars->szPath, TRUE)) == NULL) | 
|---|
| 1728 | { | 
|---|
| 1729 | //kprintf(("openPath2: failed to find exe path.\n")); //DEBUG | 
|---|
| 1730 | continue; | 
|---|
| 1731 | } | 
|---|
| 1732 | break; | 
|---|
| 1733 |  | 
|---|
| 1734 | case FINDDLL_CURRENTDIR: | 
|---|
| 1735 | pszPath = "."; | 
|---|
| 1736 | break; | 
|---|
| 1737 |  | 
|---|
| 1738 | case FINDDLL_SYSTEM32DIR: | 
|---|
| 1739 | if (!fOdin32PathValid) | 
|---|
| 1740 | { | 
|---|
| 1741 | //kprintf(("openPath2: invalid odin32 paths.\n")); | 
|---|
| 1742 | continue; | 
|---|
| 1743 | } | 
|---|
| 1744 | pszPath = pVars->szPath; | 
|---|
| 1745 | strcpy(pszPath, pszOdin32Path); | 
|---|
| 1746 | strcpy(pszPath + cchOdin32Path, "System32"); | 
|---|
| 1747 | break; | 
|---|
| 1748 |  | 
|---|
| 1749 | case FINDDLL_SYSTEM16DIR: | 
|---|
| 1750 | if (!fOdin32PathValid) | 
|---|
| 1751 | { | 
|---|
| 1752 | //kprintf(("openPath2: invalid odin32 paths.\n")); | 
|---|
| 1753 | continue; | 
|---|
| 1754 | } | 
|---|
| 1755 | pszPath = pVars->szPath; | 
|---|
| 1756 | strcpy(pszPath, pszOdin32Path); | 
|---|
| 1757 | strcpy(pszPath + cchOdin32Path, "System"); | 
|---|
| 1758 | break; | 
|---|
| 1759 |  | 
|---|
| 1760 | case FINDDLL_WINDIR: | 
|---|
| 1761 | if (!fOdin32PathValid) | 
|---|
| 1762 | { | 
|---|
| 1763 | //kprintf(("openPath2: invalid odin32 paths.\n")); | 
|---|
| 1764 | continue; | 
|---|
| 1765 | } | 
|---|
| 1766 | pszPath = pVars->szPath; | 
|---|
| 1767 | strcpy(pszPath, pszOdin32Path); | 
|---|
| 1768 | pszPath[cchOdin32Path - 1] = '\0'; /* remove slash */ | 
|---|
| 1769 | break; | 
|---|
| 1770 |  | 
|---|
| 1771 | case FINDDLL_PATH: | 
|---|
| 1772 | { | 
|---|
| 1773 | PPTD    pptd = GetTaskData(NULL, FALSE); | 
|---|
| 1774 | pszPath = NULL; | 
|---|
| 1775 | if (pptd) | 
|---|
| 1776 | pszPath = pptd->pszzOdin32Env; | 
|---|
| 1777 | if (!pszPath) | 
|---|
| 1778 | pszPath = (char*)GetEnv(TRUE); | 
|---|
| 1779 | if (pszPath == NULL) | 
|---|
| 1780 | { | 
|---|
| 1781 | //kprintf(("openPath2: failed to GetEnv.\n")); | 
|---|
| 1782 | continue; | 
|---|
| 1783 | } | 
|---|
| 1784 | pszPath = (char*)ScanEnv(pszPath, "PATH"); | 
|---|
| 1785 | break; | 
|---|
| 1786 | } | 
|---|
| 1787 |  | 
|---|
| 1788 | #if 1 | 
|---|
| 1789 | case FINDDLL_BEGINLIBPATH: | 
|---|
| 1790 | pszPath = NULL; | 
|---|
| 1791 | if (ptdaGetCur()) | 
|---|
| 1792 | pszPath = ptdaGet_ptda_pBeginLIBPATH(ptdaGetCur()); | 
|---|
| 1793 | if (pszPath == NULL) | 
|---|
| 1794 | continue; | 
|---|
| 1795 | break; | 
|---|
| 1796 |  | 
|---|
| 1797 | case FINDDLL_LIBPATH: | 
|---|
| 1798 | pszPath = *pLdrLibPath; | 
|---|
| 1799 | break; | 
|---|
| 1800 |  | 
|---|
| 1801 | case FINDDLL_ENDLIBPATH: | 
|---|
| 1802 | pszPath = NULL; | 
|---|
| 1803 | if (ptdaGetCur()) | 
|---|
| 1804 | pszPath = ptdaGet_ptda_pEndLIBPATH(ptdaGetCur()); | 
|---|
| 1805 | if (pszPath == NULL) | 
|---|
| 1806 | continue; | 
|---|
| 1807 | break; | 
|---|
| 1808 | #endif | 
|---|
| 1809 |  | 
|---|
| 1810 | default: /* !internalerror! */ | 
|---|
| 1811 | printIPE(("Pe2Lx::openPath(%.*s,..): iPath is %d which is invalid.\n", cchFilename, pachFilename, iPath)); | 
|---|
| 1812 | rfree(pVars); | 
|---|
| 1813 | return ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND; | 
|---|
| 1814 | } | 
|---|
| 1815 |  | 
|---|
| 1816 | //kprintf(("openPath2: level:%d path=%s\n", iPath, pszPath)); | 
|---|
| 1817 |  | 
|---|
| 1818 | /** @sketch | 
|---|
| 1819 | * pszPath is now set to the pathlist to be searched. | 
|---|
| 1820 | * So we'll loop thru all the paths in the list. | 
|---|
| 1821 | */ | 
|---|
| 1822 | while (pszPath != NULL && *pszPath != '\0') | 
|---|
| 1823 | { | 
|---|
| 1824 | char *  pszNext;            /* Pointer to the next pathlist path */ | 
|---|
| 1825 | int     cch;                /* Length of path (including the slash after the slash is added). */ | 
|---|
| 1826 |  | 
|---|
| 1827 | /** @sketch | 
|---|
| 1828 | * Find the end of the path and set pszNext. | 
|---|
| 1829 | * Uncount any trailing slash. | 
|---|
| 1830 | * Check that the filename fits within the buffer (and OS/2 filelength limits). | 
|---|
| 1831 | */ | 
|---|
| 1832 | pszNext = strchr(pszPath, ';'); | 
|---|
| 1833 | if (pszNext != NULL) | 
|---|
| 1834 | { | 
|---|
| 1835 | cch = pszNext - pszPath; | 
|---|
| 1836 | pszNext++; | 
|---|
| 1837 | } | 
|---|
| 1838 | else | 
|---|
| 1839 | cch = strlen(pszPath); | 
|---|
| 1840 |  | 
|---|
| 1841 | if (pszPath[cch - 1] == '\\' || pszPath[cch-1] == '/') | 
|---|
| 1842 | cch--; | 
|---|
| 1843 |  | 
|---|
| 1844 | if (cch == 0 || cch + cchFilename + 2 + cchExt > sizeof(pVars->sz)) /* assertion */ | 
|---|
| 1845 | { | 
|---|
| 1846 | printErr(("Pe2Lx::openPath(%.*s,..): cch (%d) + cchFilename (%d) + 2 + cchExt (%d) > sizeof(pVars->sz) (%d) - path's too long!, iPath=%d", | 
|---|
| 1847 | cchFilename, pachFilename, cch, cchExt, cchFilename, sizeof(pVars->sz), iPath)); | 
|---|
| 1848 |  | 
|---|
| 1849 | pszPath = pszNext; | 
|---|
| 1850 | continue; | 
|---|
| 1851 | } | 
|---|
| 1852 |  | 
|---|
| 1853 |  | 
|---|
| 1854 | /** @sketch | 
|---|
| 1855 | * Copy the path into the pVars->sz buffer. | 
|---|
| 1856 | * Add a '\\' and the filename (pszFullname) to the path; | 
|---|
| 1857 | * then we'll have a fullpath. | 
|---|
| 1858 | */ | 
|---|
| 1859 | memcpy(pVars->sz, pszPath, cch); | 
|---|
| 1860 | pVars->sz[cch++] = '\\'; | 
|---|
| 1861 | memcpy(&pVars->sz[cch], pachFilename, (size_t)cchFilename); | 
|---|
| 1862 | if (cchExt != 0) | 
|---|
| 1863 | memcpy(&pVars->sz[cch + cchFilename], ".DLL", 5); | 
|---|
| 1864 | else | 
|---|
| 1865 | pVars->sz[cch + cchFilename] = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 1866 |  | 
|---|
| 1867 |  | 
|---|
| 1868 | /** @sketch | 
|---|
| 1869 | * Try open the file using myLdrOpen. | 
|---|
| 1870 | * Return if successfully opened or if fatal error. | 
|---|
| 1871 | */ | 
|---|
| 1872 | rc = myldrOpen(&pLdrLv->lv_sfn, pVars->sz, pful); | 
|---|
| 1873 | switch (rc) | 
|---|
| 1874 | { | 
|---|
| 1875 | /* these errors are ignored (not fatal) */ | 
|---|
| 1876 | case ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND:          case ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND:          case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:           case ERROR_INVALID_ACCESS: | 
|---|
| 1877 | case ERROR_INVALID_DRIVE:           case ERROR_NOT_DOS_DISK:            case ERROR_REM_NOT_LIST:            case ERROR_BAD_NETPATH: | 
|---|
| 1878 | case ERROR_NETWORK_BUSY:            case ERROR_DEV_NOT_EXIST:           case ERROR_TOO_MANY_CMDS:           case ERROR_ADAP_HDW_ERR: | 
|---|
| 1879 | case ERROR_UNEXP_NET_ERR:           case ERROR_BAD_REM_ADAP:            case ERROR_NETNAME_DELETED:         case ERROR_BAD_DEV_TYPE: | 
|---|
| 1880 | case ERROR_NETWORK_ACCESS_DENIED:   case ERROR_BAD_NET_NAME:            case ERROR_TOO_MANY_SESS:           case ERROR_REQ_NOT_ACCEP: | 
|---|
| 1881 | case ERROR_INVALID_PASSWORD:        case ERROR_OPEN_FAILED:             case ERROR_INVALID_NAME:            case ERROR_FILENAME_EXCED_RANGE: | 
|---|
| 1882 | case ERROR_VC_DISCONNECTED:         case ERROR_DRIVE_LOCKED: | 
|---|
| 1883 | rc = ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND; | 
|---|
| 1884 | pszPath = pszNext; | 
|---|
| 1885 | break; | 
|---|
| 1886 |  | 
|---|
| 1887 | /* all errors and success is let out here */ | 
|---|
| 1888 | case NO_ERROR: | 
|---|
| 1889 | default: | 
|---|
| 1890 | rfree(pVars); | 
|---|
| 1891 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 1892 | } | 
|---|
| 1893 |  | 
|---|
| 1894 | /** @sketch | 
|---|
| 1895 | * Advance to the next path part | 
|---|
| 1896 | */ | 
|---|
| 1897 | pszPath = pszNext; | 
|---|
| 1898 | } | 
|---|
| 1899 | } /* for iPath */ | 
|---|
| 1900 |  | 
|---|
| 1901 |  | 
|---|
| 1902 | /* | 
|---|
| 1903 | * Cleanup: free local variables. | 
|---|
| 1904 | * Since we haven't found the file yet we'll return thru ldrOpenPath. | 
|---|
| 1905 | */ | 
|---|
| 1906 | rfree(pVars); | 
|---|
| 1907 | return ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;//ldrOpenPath(pachFilename, (USHORT)cchFilename, pLdrLv, pful, lLibPath); | 
|---|
| 1908 |  | 
|---|
| 1909 | #else | 
|---|
| 1910 | NOREF(pachFilename); | 
|---|
| 1911 | NOREF(cchFilename); | 
|---|
| 1912 | NOREF(pLdrLv); | 
|---|
| 1913 | NOREF(pful); | 
|---|
| 1914 | NOREF(lLibPath); | 
|---|
| 1915 | NOREF(fOdin32PathValid); | 
|---|
| 1916 | return ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED; | 
|---|
| 1917 | #endif | 
|---|
| 1918 | } | 
|---|
| 1919 |  | 
|---|
| 1920 |  | 
|---|
| 1921 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 1922 | /** | 
|---|
| 1923 | * This method test the applyFixups method. | 
|---|
| 1924 | * @returns   Last rc from applyFixups. | 
|---|
| 1925 | * @status | 
|---|
| 1926 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 1927 | * @remark    Testing only... | 
|---|
| 1928 | */ | 
|---|
| 1929 | ULONG Pe2Lx::testApplyFixups() | 
|---|
| 1930 | { | 
|---|
| 1931 | static SMTE smte; | 
|---|
| 1932 | static MTE  mte; | 
|---|
| 1933 | static      achPage[PAGESIZE]; | 
|---|
| 1934 | int         i; | 
|---|
| 1935 | APIRET      rc; | 
|---|
| 1936 |  | 
|---|
| 1937 | mte.mte_swapmte = ⪬ | 
|---|
| 1938 | smte.smte_objcnt = cObjects; | 
|---|
| 1939 | smte.smte_objtab = (POTE)malloc(cObjects * sizeof(OTE)); | 
|---|
| 1940 | makeObjectTable(); | 
|---|
| 1941 | memcpy(smte.smte_objtab, paObjTab, sizeof(OTE) * cObjects); | 
|---|
| 1942 | smte.smte_objtab[0].ote_base = 0x132d0000; | 
|---|
| 1943 | for (i = 1; i < cObjects; i++) | 
|---|
| 1944 | smte.smte_objtab[i].ote_base = ALIGN(smte.smte_objtab[i-1].ote_size + smte.smte_objtab[i-1].ote_base, 0x10000); | 
|---|
| 1945 |  | 
|---|
| 1946 | rc = loadBaseRelocations(); | 
|---|
| 1947 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 1948 | { | 
|---|
| 1949 | printErr(("loadBaseRelocations failed with rc=%d\n", rc)); | 
|---|
| 1950 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 1951 | } | 
|---|
| 1952 |  | 
|---|
| 1953 | /* | 
|---|
| 1954 | * Test load and apply all (internal) fixups. | 
|---|
| 1955 | */ | 
|---|
| 1956 | for (i = 0; i < cObjects; i++) | 
|---|
| 1957 | { | 
|---|
| 1958 | ULONG ulAddress = smte.smte_objtab[i].ote_base; | 
|---|
| 1959 | ULONG ulRVA = paObjects[i].ulRVA; | 
|---|
| 1960 | LONG  cbObject = paObjects[i].cbVirtual; | 
|---|
| 1961 | for (i=i; cbObject > 0; cbObject -= PAGESIZE, ulAddress += PAGESIZE, ulRVA += PAGESIZE) | 
|---|
| 1962 | { | 
|---|
| 1963 | printInf(("Page at RVA 0x%08x\n", ulRVA)); | 
|---|
| 1964 | rc = readAtRVA(ulRVA, &achPage[0], PAGESIZE); | 
|---|
| 1965 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 1966 | { | 
|---|
| 1967 | printErr(("readAtRVA failed with rc=%d\n")); | 
|---|
| 1968 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 1969 | } | 
|---|
| 1970 | rc = applyFixups(&mte, i, ulRVA >> PAGESHIFT, &achPage[0], ulAddress, NULL); | 
|---|
| 1971 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 1972 | { | 
|---|
| 1973 | printErr(("applyFixups failed with rc=%d\n")); | 
|---|
| 1974 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 1975 | } | 
|---|
| 1976 | } | 
|---|
| 1977 | } | 
|---|
| 1978 |  | 
|---|
| 1979 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 1980 | } | 
|---|
| 1981 |  | 
|---|
| 1982 |  | 
|---|
| 1983 |  | 
|---|
| 1984 | /** | 
|---|
| 1985 | * Writes the virtual LX file to a file. (Ring 3 only!) | 
|---|
| 1986 | * @returns   NO_ERROR on success. Error code on error. | 
|---|
| 1987 | * @param     pszLXFilename  Pointer to name of the LX file. | 
|---|
| 1988 | * @sketch    Find size of the virtual LX-file. | 
|---|
| 1989 | *            Open the output file. | 
|---|
| 1990 | *            LOOP while more to left of file | 
|---|
| 1991 | *            BEGIN | 
|---|
| 1992 | *                read into buffer from virtual LX-file. | 
|---|
| 1993 | *                write to output file. | 
|---|
| 1994 | *            END | 
|---|
| 1995 | *            return success or errorcode. | 
|---|
| 1996 | * @status    compeletely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 1997 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 1998 | */ | 
|---|
| 1999 | ULONG Pe2Lx::writeFile(PCSZ pszLXFilename) | 
|---|
| 2000 | { | 
|---|
| 2001 | static CHAR achReadBuffer[65000]; | 
|---|
| 2002 | APIRET rc; | 
|---|
| 2003 | ULONG  ulAction = 0; | 
|---|
| 2004 | ULONG  ulWrote; | 
|---|
| 2005 | HFILE  hLXFile = NULLHANDLE; | 
|---|
| 2006 | ULONG  cbLXFile; | 
|---|
| 2007 | ULONG  offLXFile; | 
|---|
| 2008 |  | 
|---|
| 2009 | /* Find size of the virtual LX-file. */ | 
|---|
| 2010 | cbLXFile = querySizeOfLxFile(); | 
|---|
| 2011 | if (cbLXFile == ~0UL) | 
|---|
| 2012 | return ERROR_BAD_EXE_FORMAT; | 
|---|
| 2013 |  | 
|---|
| 2014 | printInf(("\n")); | 
|---|
| 2015 | printInf(("Creating LX file - %s\n", pszLXFilename)); | 
|---|
| 2016 | printInf(("\n")); | 
|---|
| 2017 | printInf(("Size of virtual LX-file: %d bytes\n", cbLXFile)); | 
|---|
| 2018 |  | 
|---|
| 2019 | /* Open the output file. */ | 
|---|
| 2020 | rc = DosOpen(pszLXFilename, &hLXFile, &ulAction, cbLXFile, | 
|---|
| 2021 | FILE_NORMAL, | 
|---|
| 2022 | OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_REPLACE_IF_EXISTS, | 
|---|
| 2023 | OPEN_FLAGS_SEQUENTIAL | OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT | OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE | OPEN_ACCESS_WRITEONLY, | 
|---|
| 2024 | NULL); | 
|---|
| 2025 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2026 | { | 
|---|
| 2027 | offLXFile = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 2028 | while (cbLXFile > 0UL) | 
|---|
| 2029 | { | 
|---|
| 2030 | ULONG cbToRead = min(cbLXFile, sizeof(achReadBuffer)); | 
|---|
| 2031 | rc = read(offLXFile, &achReadBuffer[0], 0UL, cbToRead, NULL); | 
|---|
| 2032 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2033 | { | 
|---|
| 2034 | printErr(("read failed with rc=%d.\n", rc)); | 
|---|
| 2035 | break; | 
|---|
| 2036 | } | 
|---|
| 2037 | /* write to output file. */ | 
|---|
| 2038 | rc = DosWrite(hLXFile, &achReadBuffer[0], cbToRead, &ulWrote); | 
|---|
| 2039 | if (rc != NO_ERROR || ulWrote != cbToRead) | 
|---|
| 2040 | { | 
|---|
| 2041 | printErr(("DosWrite failed with rc=%d\n", rc)); | 
|---|
| 2042 | break; | 
|---|
| 2043 | } | 
|---|
| 2044 |  | 
|---|
| 2045 | /* move along */ | 
|---|
| 2046 | offLXFile += cbToRead; | 
|---|
| 2047 | cbLXFile -= cbToRead; | 
|---|
| 2048 | } | 
|---|
| 2049 | DosClose(hLXFile); | 
|---|
| 2050 | } | 
|---|
| 2051 | else | 
|---|
| 2052 | printErr(("Failed to open output file, '%s', for writing. rc = %d\n", | 
|---|
| 2053 | pszLXFilename, rc)); | 
|---|
| 2054 |  | 
|---|
| 2055 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2056 | printInf(("File created successfully.\n")); | 
|---|
| 2057 |  | 
|---|
| 2058 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 2059 | } | 
|---|
| 2060 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2061 |  | 
|---|
| 2062 |  | 
|---|
| 2063 | /** | 
|---|
| 2064 | * Is this module an executable? | 
|---|
| 2065 | * @returns   TRUE if executable. | 
|---|
| 2066 | *            FALSE if not an executable. | 
|---|
| 2067 | * @sketch | 
|---|
| 2068 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen (knut.stange.osmundsen@mynd.no) | 
|---|
| 2069 | */ | 
|---|
| 2070 | BOOL    Pe2Lx::isExe() | 
|---|
| 2071 | { | 
|---|
| 2072 | return ((this->LXHdr.e32_mflags & E32MODMASK) == E32MODEXE); | 
|---|
| 2073 | } | 
|---|
| 2074 |  | 
|---|
| 2075 |  | 
|---|
| 2076 | /** | 
|---|
| 2077 | * Is this module an dynamic link library. | 
|---|
| 2078 | * @returns   TRUE if dynamic link library. | 
|---|
| 2079 | *            FALSE if not a dynamic link library. | 
|---|
| 2080 | * @sketch | 
|---|
| 2081 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen (knut.stange.osmundsen@mynd.no) | 
|---|
| 2082 | */ | 
|---|
| 2083 | BOOL    Pe2Lx::isDll() | 
|---|
| 2084 | { | 
|---|
| 2085 | return ((this->LXHdr.e32_mflags & E32MODMASK) == E32MODDLL); | 
|---|
| 2086 | } | 
|---|
| 2087 |  | 
|---|
| 2088 |  | 
|---|
| 2089 | /** | 
|---|
| 2090 | * Invalidates the odin32path. | 
|---|
| 2091 | * Called by ldrClose when the kernel32 handle is closed. | 
|---|
| 2092 | * @sketch      Free path | 
|---|
| 2093 | *              nullify path pointer and kernel32 handle. | 
|---|
| 2094 | * @author      knut st. osmundsen (knut.stange.osmundsen@mynd.no) | 
|---|
| 2095 | */ | 
|---|
| 2096 | VOID Pe2Lx::invalidateOdin32Path() | 
|---|
| 2097 | { | 
|---|
| 2098 | if (pszOdin32Path != NULL) | 
|---|
| 2099 | { | 
|---|
| 2100 | rfree((void*)pszOdin32Path); | 
|---|
| 2101 | pszOdin32Path = NULL; | 
|---|
| 2102 | } | 
|---|
| 2103 | sfnKernel32 = NULLHANDLE; | 
|---|
| 2104 | } | 
|---|
| 2105 |  | 
|---|
| 2106 |  | 
|---|
| 2107 | /** | 
|---|
| 2108 | * Gets the size of the virtual LX-file. | 
|---|
| 2109 | * @returns   Size of the virtual LX-file in bytes. | 
|---|
| 2110 | *            ~0UL on failure. | 
|---|
| 2111 | * @sketch    Find last object with valid pages. | 
|---|
| 2112 | *            IF not found THEN return error. | 
|---|
| 2113 | *            return LX offset + physical size of object; ie. the size of the LX file. | 
|---|
| 2114 | * @status    completely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 2115 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 2116 | * @remark    Not called in during init. | 
|---|
| 2117 | */ | 
|---|
| 2118 | ULONG Pe2Lx::querySizeOfLxFile() | 
|---|
| 2119 | { | 
|---|
| 2120 | LONG iObj; | 
|---|
| 2121 |  | 
|---|
| 2122 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2123 | /* call-time test. */ | 
|---|
| 2124 | if (fInitTime) | 
|---|
| 2125 | { | 
|---|
| 2126 | printIPE(("querySizeOfLXFile should not be called during init!\n")); | 
|---|
| 2127 | return ~0UL; | 
|---|
| 2128 | } | 
|---|
| 2129 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2130 |  | 
|---|
| 2131 | /* find last object with valid pages. */ | 
|---|
| 2132 | iObj = cObjects - 1; | 
|---|
| 2133 | while (iObj >= 0 && paObjects[iObj].cbPhysical == 0UL) | 
|---|
| 2134 | iObj--; | 
|---|
| 2135 |  | 
|---|
| 2136 | /* check for impossible error. */ | 
|---|
| 2137 | if (iObj < 0) | 
|---|
| 2138 | { | 
|---|
| 2139 | printIPE(("This could not happen! No objects with valid pages!\n")); | 
|---|
| 2140 | return ~0UL; | 
|---|
| 2141 | } | 
|---|
| 2142 |  | 
|---|
| 2143 | return paObjects[iObj].offLXFile + paObjects[iObj].cbPhysical; | 
|---|
| 2144 | } | 
|---|
| 2145 |  | 
|---|
| 2146 |  | 
|---|
| 2147 | /** | 
|---|
| 2148 | * Dumps info on the virtual Lx file. | 
|---|
| 2149 | * Currently it only dumps sizes and offsets. | 
|---|
| 2150 | * @status    partially implemented. | 
|---|
| 2151 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 2152 | */ | 
|---|
| 2153 | VOID Pe2Lx::dumpVirtualLxFile() | 
|---|
| 2154 | { | 
|---|
| 2155 | ULONG ul, ulIndex; | 
|---|
| 2156 | ULONG off, cb, cbA; | 
|---|
| 2157 | PCSZ  pszName; | 
|---|
| 2158 |  | 
|---|
| 2159 | printInf(("\n")); | 
|---|
| 2160 | printInf(("----- Pe2Lx::dumpVirtualLxFile() start -----\n")); | 
|---|
| 2161 |  | 
|---|
| 2162 | /* Dump sizes */ | 
|---|
| 2163 | printInf(("\n")); | 
|---|
| 2164 | ul = querySizeOfLxFile(); | 
|---|
| 2165 | printInf(("Size of Virtual LX file: %d (%#x)\n", ul, ul)); | 
|---|
| 2166 | for (ulIndex = 0; ulIndex <= 9; ulIndex++) | 
|---|
| 2167 | { | 
|---|
| 2168 | /* ASSUME a given order of tables! (See near bottom of the init() method) */ | 
|---|
| 2169 | switch (ulIndex) | 
|---|
| 2170 | { | 
|---|
| 2171 | case 0: /* LXHdr */ | 
|---|
| 2172 | pszName = "LX Header"; | 
|---|
| 2173 | off = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 2174 | cb = sizeof(LXHdr); | 
|---|
| 2175 | cbA = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 2176 | break; | 
|---|
| 2177 | case 1: /* Object Table */ | 
|---|
| 2178 | pszName = "Object Table"; | 
|---|
| 2179 | off = LXHdr.e32_objtab; | 
|---|
| 2180 | cb = sizeof(struct o32_obj) * LXHdr.e32_objcnt; | 
|---|
| 2181 | cbA = _msize(this->paObjTab); | 
|---|
| 2182 | break; | 
|---|
| 2183 | case 2: /* Object Page Table */ | 
|---|
| 2184 | pszName = "Object Page Table"; | 
|---|
| 2185 | off = LXHdr.e32_objmap; | 
|---|
| 2186 | cb = LXHdr.e32_mpages * sizeof(struct o32_map); | 
|---|
| 2187 | cbA = _msize(paObjPageTab); | 
|---|
| 2188 | break; | 
|---|
| 2189 | case 3: /* Resident Name Table */ | 
|---|
| 2190 | pszName = "Resident Name Table"; | 
|---|
| 2191 | off = LXHdr.e32_restab; | 
|---|
| 2192 | cb = LXHdr.e32_enttab - off; | 
|---|
| 2193 | cbA = _msize(pachResNameTable); | 
|---|
| 2194 | break; | 
|---|
| 2195 | case 4: /* Entry Table */ | 
|---|
| 2196 | pszName = "Entry Table"; | 
|---|
| 2197 | off = LXHdr.e32_enttab; | 
|---|
| 2198 | cb = LXHdr.e32_fpagetab - off; | 
|---|
| 2199 | cbA = _msize(pEntryBundles); | 
|---|
| 2200 | break; | 
|---|
| 2201 | case 5: /* FixupTable */ | 
|---|
| 2202 | pszName = "Fixup Page Table"; | 
|---|
| 2203 | off = LXHdr.e32_fpagetab; | 
|---|
| 2204 | cb = LXHdr.e32_frectab - off; | 
|---|
| 2205 | cbA = _msize(paulFixupPageTable); | 
|---|
| 2206 | break; | 
|---|
| 2207 | case 6: /* Fixup Record Table */ | 
|---|
| 2208 | pszName = "Fixup Record Table"; | 
|---|
| 2209 | off = LXHdr.e32_frectab; | 
|---|
| 2210 | cb = LXHdr.e32_impmod - off; | 
|---|
| 2211 | cbA = _msize(pFixupRecords); | 
|---|
| 2212 | break; | 
|---|
| 2213 | case 7: /* Import Module Name Table */ | 
|---|
| 2214 | pszName = "Import Module Name Table"; | 
|---|
| 2215 | off = LXHdr.e32_impmod; | 
|---|
| 2216 | cb = LXHdr.e32_impproc - off; | 
|---|
| 2217 | cbA = _msize(pachImpModuleNames); | 
|---|
| 2218 | break; | 
|---|
| 2219 | case 8: /* Import Procedure Name Table */ | 
|---|
| 2220 | pszName = "Import Procedure Name Table"; | 
|---|
| 2221 | off = LXHdr.e32_impproc; | 
|---|
| 2222 | cb = LXHdr.e32_datapage - off; | 
|---|
| 2223 | cbA = _msize(pachImpFunctionNames); | 
|---|
| 2224 | break; | 
|---|
| 2225 | case 9: /* data pages.*/ | 
|---|
| 2226 | pszName = "Data Pages"; | 
|---|
| 2227 | off = LXHdr.e32_datapage; | 
|---|
| 2228 | cb = querySizeOfLxFile() - off; | 
|---|
| 2229 | cbA = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 2230 | break; | 
|---|
| 2231 | default: printIPE(("invalid ulIndex. ulIndex = %d\n", ulIndex)); | 
|---|
| 2232 | } | 
|---|
| 2233 | ul = strlen(pszName); | 
|---|
| 2234 | printInf(("  %s %*s  off: %.6d (0x%08x)  size: %.6d (0x%08x) allocated: %.6d (0x%08x)\n", | 
|---|
| 2235 | pszName, ul > 30UL ? 0 : 30 - ul, "", off, off, cb, cb, cbA, cbA)); | 
|---|
| 2236 | } | 
|---|
| 2237 |  | 
|---|
| 2238 | /* Size of Pe2Lx object. (heap size) */ | 
|---|
| 2239 | printInf(("\n")); | 
|---|
| 2240 | printInf(("Size of Pe2Lx object on heap:\n")); | 
|---|
| 2241 | for (ulIndex = 0UL, cbA = 0UL; ulIndex <= 13UL; ulIndex ++) | 
|---|
| 2242 | { | 
|---|
| 2243 | switch (ulIndex) | 
|---|
| 2244 | { | 
|---|
| 2245 | case 0: | 
|---|
| 2246 | pszName = "The Pe2Lx Object"; | 
|---|
| 2247 | cb = sizeof(Pe2Lx); | 
|---|
| 2248 | break; | 
|---|
| 2249 | case 1: | 
|---|
| 2250 | pszName = "pszFilename"; | 
|---|
| 2251 | cb = _msize(pszFilename); | 
|---|
| 2252 | break; | 
|---|
| 2253 | case 2: | 
|---|
| 2254 | pszName = "paObjects"; | 
|---|
| 2255 | cb = _msize(paObjects); | 
|---|
| 2256 | break; | 
|---|
| 2257 | case 3: | 
|---|
| 2258 | pszName = "paObjTab"; | 
|---|
| 2259 | cb = _msize(paObjTab); | 
|---|
| 2260 | break; | 
|---|
| 2261 | case 4: | 
|---|
| 2262 | pszName = "paObjPageTab"; | 
|---|
| 2263 | cb = _msize(paObjPageTab); | 
|---|
| 2264 | break; | 
|---|
| 2265 | case 5: | 
|---|
| 2266 | pszName = "pachResNameTable"; | 
|---|
| 2267 | cb = _msize(pachResNameTable); | 
|---|
| 2268 | break; | 
|---|
| 2269 | case 6: | 
|---|
| 2270 | pszName = "pEntryBundles"; | 
|---|
| 2271 | cb = _msize(pEntryBundles); | 
|---|
| 2272 | break; | 
|---|
| 2273 | case 7: | 
|---|
| 2274 | pszName = "paulFixupPageTable"; | 
|---|
| 2275 | cb = _msize(paulFixupPageTable); | 
|---|
| 2276 | break; | 
|---|
| 2277 | case 8: | 
|---|
| 2278 | pszName = "pFixupRecords"; | 
|---|
| 2279 | cb = _msize(pFixupRecords); | 
|---|
| 2280 | break; | 
|---|
| 2281 | case 9: | 
|---|
| 2282 | pszName = "pvCrossPageFixup"; | 
|---|
| 2283 | cb = _msize(pvCrossPageFixup); | 
|---|
| 2284 | break; | 
|---|
| 2285 | case 10: | 
|---|
| 2286 | pszName = "pachImpModuleNames"; | 
|---|
| 2287 | cb = _msize(pachImpModuleNames); | 
|---|
| 2288 | break; | 
|---|
| 2289 | case 11: | 
|---|
| 2290 | pszName = "pachImpFunctionNames"; | 
|---|
| 2291 | cb = _msize(pachImpFunctionNames); | 
|---|
| 2292 | break; | 
|---|
| 2293 | case 12: | 
|---|
| 2294 | pszName = "pNtHdrs"; | 
|---|
| 2295 | cb = _msize(pNtHdrs); | 
|---|
| 2296 | break; | 
|---|
| 2297 | case 13: | 
|---|
| 2298 | pszName = "total"; | 
|---|
| 2299 | cb = cbA; | 
|---|
| 2300 | break; | 
|---|
| 2301 | default: printIPE(("invalid ulIndex. ulIndex = %d\n", ulIndex)); | 
|---|
| 2302 | } | 
|---|
| 2303 |  | 
|---|
| 2304 | ul = strlen(pszName); | 
|---|
| 2305 | printInf(("  %s %*s size: %.6d (0x%08x)\n", pszName, ul >= 30UL ? 0 : 30 - ul, "", cb, cb)); | 
|---|
| 2306 | cbA += cb; | 
|---|
| 2307 | } | 
|---|
| 2308 |  | 
|---|
| 2309 |  | 
|---|
| 2310 | printInf(("----- Pe2Lx::dumpVirtualLxFile()  end  -----\n")); | 
|---|
| 2311 | } | 
|---|
| 2312 |  | 
|---|
| 2313 |  | 
|---|
| 2314 | /** | 
|---|
| 2315 | * Adds a stack object. | 
|---|
| 2316 | * The stack array is sorted ascending on ulRVA. | 
|---|
| 2317 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 2318 | *            ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY | 
|---|
| 2319 | *            ERROR_INITMETHOD_NOT_INITTIME (debug only) | 
|---|
| 2320 | * @param     ulRVA        Virtual address of this object. | 
|---|
| 2321 | * @param     cbPhysical   Physical size of the object. | 
|---|
| 2322 | * @param     cbVirtual    Virtual size of the object. | 
|---|
| 2323 | * @param     flFlags      LX object flags. | 
|---|
| 2324 | * @param     offPEFile    Data offset into the PEFile. | 
|---|
| 2325 | * @precond   We're in init-mode, ie. called from init(). | 
|---|
| 2326 | * @status    Completely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 2327 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 2328 | */ | 
|---|
| 2329 | ULONG Pe2Lx::addObject(ULONG ulRVA, ULONG cbPhysical, ULONG cbVirtual, ULONG flFlags, ULONG offPEFile) | 
|---|
| 2330 | { | 
|---|
| 2331 | int i; | 
|---|
| 2332 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2333 | if (!fInitTime) | 
|---|
| 2334 | { | 
|---|
| 2335 | printIPE(("addObject(,,,,) called when not in init mode!\n")); | 
|---|
| 2336 | return ERROR_INITMETHOD_NOT_INITTIME; | 
|---|
| 2337 | } | 
|---|
| 2338 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2339 |  | 
|---|
| 2340 | /* Check that there is a free entry in the array for the new object. If not allocate one (or more)! */ | 
|---|
| 2341 | if (cObjectsAllocated == 0UL) | 
|---|
| 2342 | { | 
|---|
| 2343 | cObjectsAllocated = (USHORT)(pNtHdrs == NULL ? 2 : | 
|---|
| 2344 | pNtHdrs->FileHeader.NumberOfSections + (pNtHdrs->FileHeader.Characteristics & IMAGE_FILE_DLL ?  0 : 1)); | 
|---|
| 2345 | paObjects = (PLXOBJECT)malloc(sizeof(LXOBJECT) * cObjectsAllocated); | 
|---|
| 2346 | if (paObjects == NULL) | 
|---|
| 2347 | { | 
|---|
| 2348 | cObjectsAllocated = 0; | 
|---|
| 2349 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 2350 | } | 
|---|
| 2351 | } | 
|---|
| 2352 | else if (cObjectsAllocated == cObjects) | 
|---|
| 2353 | { | 
|---|
| 2354 | PLXOBJECT paObjTmp = (PLXOBJECT)realloc(paObjects, sizeof(LXOBJECT) * (cObjectsAllocated + 1)); | 
|---|
| 2355 | if (paObjTmp == NULL) | 
|---|
| 2356 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 2357 | paObjects = paObjTmp; | 
|---|
| 2358 | cObjectsAllocated++; | 
|---|
| 2359 | } | 
|---|
| 2360 |  | 
|---|
| 2361 | /* insert sorted. Move objects after the new object. */ | 
|---|
| 2362 | for (i = cObjects; i > 0 && paObjects[i-1].ulRVA > ulRVA; i--) | 
|---|
| 2363 | memcpy(&paObjects[i-1], &paObjects[i], sizeof(paObjects[0])); | 
|---|
| 2364 |  | 
|---|
| 2365 | paObjects[i].ulRVA              = ulRVA; | 
|---|
| 2366 | paObjects[i].cbPhysical         = cbPhysical; | 
|---|
| 2367 | paObjects[i].cbVirtual          = cbVirtual; | 
|---|
| 2368 | paObjects[i].flFlags            = flFlags; | 
|---|
| 2369 | paObjects[i].Misc.offTIBFix     = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 2370 | paObjects[i].Misc.fTIBFixObject = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 2371 | paObjects[i].Misc.fStackObject  = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 2372 | paObjects[i].offPEFile          = offPEFile; | 
|---|
| 2373 | paObjects[i].offLXFile          = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 2374 | cObjects++; | 
|---|
| 2375 |  | 
|---|
| 2376 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2377 | } | 
|---|
| 2378 |  | 
|---|
| 2379 |  | 
|---|
| 2380 | /** | 
|---|
| 2381 | * Adds a TIBFix object. | 
|---|
| 2382 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 2383 | *            ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY | 
|---|
| 2384 | *            ERROR_INITMETHOD_NOT_INITTIME (debug only) | 
|---|
| 2385 | * @precond   We're in init-mode, ie. called from init(). | 
|---|
| 2386 | * @status    partially implemented. | 
|---|
| 2387 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 2388 | * @remark    Possible problem: section alignment! FIXME! | 
|---|
| 2389 | */ | 
|---|
| 2390 | ULONG Pe2Lx::addTIBFixObject() | 
|---|
| 2391 | { | 
|---|
| 2392 | APIRET rc; | 
|---|
| 2393 |  | 
|---|
| 2394 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2395 | if (!fInitTime) | 
|---|
| 2396 | { | 
|---|
| 2397 | printIPE(("addTIBFixObject(,,,,) called when not in init mode!\n")); | 
|---|
| 2398 | return ERROR_INITMETHOD_NOT_INITTIME; | 
|---|
| 2399 | } | 
|---|
| 2400 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2401 |  | 
|---|
| 2402 | rc = addObject(cObjects == 0 ? ulImageBase | 
|---|
| 2403 | : ALIGN(paObjects[cObjects-1].ulRVA + paObjects[cObjects-1].cbVirtual, PAGESIZE), | 
|---|
| 2404 | SIZEOF_TIBFIX, SIZEOF_TIBFIX, OBJREAD | OBJBIGDEF | OBJEXEC, 0UL); | 
|---|
| 2405 |  | 
|---|
| 2406 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2407 | paObjects[cObjects-1].Misc.fTIBFixObject = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 2408 |  | 
|---|
| 2409 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 2410 | } | 
|---|
| 2411 |  | 
|---|
| 2412 |  | 
|---|
| 2413 | /** | 
|---|
| 2414 | * Adds a stack object. | 
|---|
| 2415 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 2416 | *            ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER | 
|---|
| 2417 | *            ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY | 
|---|
| 2418 | *            ERROR_INITMETHOD_NOT_INITTIME (debug only) | 
|---|
| 2419 | * @param     cbStack  Stack size. | 
|---|
| 2420 | * @precond   The stack object may not be the first object. (cObjects != 0) | 
|---|
| 2421 | *            We're in init-mode, ie. called from init(). | 
|---|
| 2422 | * @status    partly implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 2423 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 2424 | * @remark    Possible problem: section alignment! FIXME! | 
|---|
| 2425 | */ | 
|---|
| 2426 | ULONG Pe2Lx::addStackObject(ULONG cbStack) | 
|---|
| 2427 | { | 
|---|
| 2428 | APIRET rc; | 
|---|
| 2429 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 2430 | if (!fInitTime) | 
|---|
| 2431 | { | 
|---|
| 2432 | printIPE(("addStackObject(,,,,) called when not in init mode!\n")); | 
|---|
| 2433 | rc = ERROR_INITMETHOD_NOT_INITTIME; | 
|---|
| 2434 | } | 
|---|
| 2435 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2436 |  | 
|---|
| 2437 | if (cObjects != 0) | 
|---|
| 2438 | { | 
|---|
| 2439 | rc = addObject(ALIGN(paObjects[cObjects-1].ulRVA + paObjects[cObjects-1].cbVirtual, PAGESIZE), | 
|---|
| 2440 | 0UL, cbStack, OBJREAD |  OBJWRITE | OBJBIGDEF, 0UL); | 
|---|
| 2441 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2442 | paObjects[cObjects-1].Misc.fStackObject = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 2443 | } | 
|---|
| 2444 | else | 
|---|
| 2445 | { | 
|---|
| 2446 | printIPE(("addStackObject(,,,,) called when cObjects == 0!\n")); | 
|---|
| 2447 | rc = ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 2448 | } | 
|---|
| 2449 |  | 
|---|
| 2450 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 2451 | } | 
|---|
| 2452 |  | 
|---|
| 2453 |  | 
|---|
| 2454 | /** | 
|---|
| 2455 | * Creates the page table according to the current settings of paObjects array and fAllInOneModule. | 
|---|
| 2456 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 2457 | *            ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY | 
|---|
| 2458 | * @sketch    IF valid object table pointer THEN return successfully. | 
|---|
| 2459 | *            (try) allocate memory for the object table. | 
|---|
| 2460 | *            IF all in one object THEN make one big object which covers the entire range described in paObjects. | 
|---|
| 2461 | *            ELSE loop tru paObject and create LX objects. | 
|---|
| 2462 | *            return successfully. | 
|---|
| 2463 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 2464 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 2465 | * @remark    Object Table format (from Linear eXecutable Module Format,lxspec.inf, Rev.8): | 
|---|
| 2466 | * | 
|---|
| 2467 | *  The number of entries in the Object Table is given by the # Objects in Module field in the | 
|---|
| 2468 | *  linear EXE header.  Entries in the Object Table are numbered starting from one.  Each Object | 
|---|
| 2469 | *  Table entry has the following format: | 
|---|
| 2470 | * | 
|---|
| 2471 | *            ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 2472 | *        00h ³     VIRTUAL SIZE      ³    RELOC BASE ADDR    ³ | 
|---|
| 2473 | *            ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄŽ | 
|---|
| 2474 | *        08h ³     OBJECT FLAGS      ³    PAGE TABLE INDEX   ³ | 
|---|
| 2475 | *            ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄŽ | 
|---|
| 2476 | *        10h ³  # PAGE TABLE ENTRIES ³       RESERVED        ³ | 
|---|
| 2477 | *            ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ | 
|---|
| 2478 | * | 
|---|
| 2479 | *  Object Table | 
|---|
| 2480 | * | 
|---|
| 2481 | *     VIRTUAL SIZE = DD  Virtual memory size. This is the size of the object that will be | 
|---|
| 2482 | *     allocated when the object is loaded.  The object data length must be less than or equal | 
|---|
| 2483 | *     to the total size of the pages in the EXE file for the object. This memory size must also | 
|---|
| 2484 | *     be large enough to contain all of the iterated data and uninitialized data in the EXE file. | 
|---|
| 2485 | * | 
|---|
| 2486 | *     RELOC BASE ADDR = DD Relocation Base Address. The relocation base address the object is | 
|---|
| 2487 | *     currently relocated to. If the internal relocation fixups for the module have been removed, | 
|---|
| 2488 | *     this is the address the object will be allocated at by the loader. | 
|---|
| 2489 | * | 
|---|
| 2490 | *     OBJECT FLAGS = DW  Flag bits for the object. The object flag bits have the following definitions. | 
|---|
| 2491 | * | 
|---|
| 2492 | *               0001h = Readable Object. | 
|---|
| 2493 | *               0002h = Writable Object. | 
|---|
| 2494 | *               0004h = Executable Object. The readable, writable and executable flags provide support | 
|---|
| 2495 | *               for all possible protections.  In systems where all of these protections are not | 
|---|
| 2496 | *               supported,  the loader will be responsible for making the appropriate protection match | 
|---|
| 2497 | *               for the system. | 
|---|
| 2498 | * | 
|---|
| 2499 | *               0008h = Resource Object. | 
|---|
| 2500 | *               0010h = Discardable Object. | 
|---|
| 2501 | *               0020h = Object is Shared. | 
|---|
| 2502 | *               0040h = Object has Preload Pages. | 
|---|
| 2503 | *               0080h = Object has Invalid Pages. | 
|---|
| 2504 | *               0100h = Object has Zero Filled Pages. | 
|---|
| 2505 | *               0200h = Object is Resident (valid for VDDs, PDDs only). | 
|---|
| 2506 | *               0300h = Object is Resident   Contiguous (VDDs, PDDs only). | 
|---|
| 2507 | *               0400h = Object is Resident   'long-lockable' (VDDs, PDDs only). | 
|---|
| 2508 | *               0800h = Reserved for system use. | 
|---|
| 2509 | *               1000h = 16 | 
|---|
| 2510 | *               2000h = Big/Default Bit Setting (80x86 Specific). The 'big/default' bit , for data | 
|---|
| 2511 | *               segments, controls the setting of the Big bit in the segment descriptor.  (The Big | 
|---|
| 2512 | *               bit, or B-bit, determines whether ESP or SP is used as the stack pointer.)  For code | 
|---|
| 2513 | *               segments, this bit controls the setting of the Default bit in the segment descriptor. | 
|---|
| 2514 | *                (The Default bit, or D-bit, determines whether the default word size is 32-bits or | 
|---|
| 2515 | *                16-bits.  It also affects the interpretation of the instruction stream.) | 
|---|
| 2516 | * | 
|---|
| 2517 | *               4000h = Object is conforming for code (80x86 Specific). | 
|---|
| 2518 | *               8000h = Object I/O privilege level (80x86 Specific). Only used for 16 | 
|---|
| 2519 | * | 
|---|
| 2520 | *     PAGE TABLE INDEX = DD  Object Page Table Index. This specifies the number of the first | 
|---|
| 2521 | *     object page table entry for this object.  The object page table specifies where in the EXE | 
|---|
| 2522 | *     file a page can be found for a given object and specifies per-page attributes.  The object | 
|---|
| 2523 | *     table entries are ordered by logical page in the object table. In other words the object | 
|---|
| 2524 | *     table entries are sorted based on the object page table index value. | 
|---|
| 2525 | * | 
|---|
| 2526 | *     # PAGE TABLE ENTRIES = DD  # of object page table entries for this object. Any logical | 
|---|
| 2527 | *     pages at the end of an object that do not have an entry in the object page table associated | 
|---|
| 2528 | *     with them are handled as zero filled or invalid pages by the loader.  When the last logical | 
|---|
| 2529 | *     pages of an object are not specified with an object page table entry, they are treated as | 
|---|
| 2530 | *     either zero filled pages or invalid pages based on the last entry in the object page table | 
|---|
| 2531 | *     for that object. If the last entry was neither a zero filled or invalid page, then the | 
|---|
| 2532 | *     additional pages are treated as zero filled pages. | 
|---|
| 2533 | * | 
|---|
| 2534 | *     RESERVED = DD  Reserved for future use. Must be set to zero. | 
|---|
| 2535 | * | 
|---|
| 2536 | * ------------ | 
|---|
| 2537 | * | 
|---|
| 2538 | *  We have object page table entries for all pages! (we can optimize this later) | 
|---|
| 2539 | * | 
|---|
| 2540 | */ | 
|---|
| 2541 | ULONG Pe2Lx::makeObjectTable() | 
|---|
| 2542 | { | 
|---|
| 2543 | /* check if valid object table pointer. */ | 
|---|
| 2544 | if (paObjTab != NULL || cObjects == 0UL) | 
|---|
| 2545 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2546 |  | 
|---|
| 2547 | /* (try) allocate memory for the object table. */ | 
|---|
| 2548 | paObjTab = (struct o32_obj*)malloc(sizeof(struct o32_obj) * (fAllInOneObject ? 1 : cObjects)); | 
|---|
| 2549 | if (paObjTab != NULL) | 
|---|
| 2550 | { | 
|---|
| 2551 | if (fAllInOneObject) | 
|---|
| 2552 | { | 
|---|
| 2553 | paObjTab[0].o32_size     = paObjects[cObjects-1].ulRVA + paObjects[cObjects-1].cbVirtual; | 
|---|
| 2554 | paObjTab[0].o32_base     = ulImageBase + paObjects[0].ulRVA; | 
|---|
| 2555 | paObjTab[0].o32_flags    = OBJREAD | OBJWRITE | OBJBIGDEF; | 
|---|
| 2556 | paObjTab[0].o32_pagemap  = 1;  /* 1 based */ | 
|---|
| 2557 | paObjTab[0].o32_mapsize  = ALIGN(paObjTab[0].o32_size, PAGESIZE) >> PAGESHIFT; | 
|---|
| 2558 | paObjTab[0].o32_reserved = 0; | 
|---|
| 2559 | } | 
|---|
| 2560 | else | 
|---|
| 2561 | { | 
|---|
| 2562 | int    i; | 
|---|
| 2563 | ULONG  ulPageMap = 1; | 
|---|
| 2564 | for (i = 0; i < cObjects; i++) | 
|---|
| 2565 | { | 
|---|
| 2566 | paObjTab[i].o32_size     = paObjects[i].cbVirtual; | 
|---|
| 2567 | paObjTab[i].o32_base     = ulImageBase + paObjects[i].ulRVA; | 
|---|
| 2568 | paObjTab[i].o32_flags    = paObjects[i].flFlags; | 
|---|
| 2569 | paObjTab[i].o32_pagemap  = ulPageMap; | 
|---|
| 2570 | paObjTab[i].o32_mapsize  = ALIGN(paObjTab[i].o32_size, PAGESIZE) >> PAGESHIFT; | 
|---|
| 2571 | paObjTab[i].o32_reserved = 0; | 
|---|
| 2572 | ulPageMap += paObjTab[i].o32_mapsize; | 
|---|
| 2573 | } | 
|---|
| 2574 | } | 
|---|
| 2575 | } | 
|---|
| 2576 | else | 
|---|
| 2577 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 2578 |  | 
|---|
| 2579 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2580 | } | 
|---|
| 2581 |  | 
|---|
| 2582 |  | 
|---|
| 2583 | /** | 
|---|
| 2584 | * Creates the object page table. | 
|---|
| 2585 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 2586 | *            ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY | 
|---|
| 2587 | * @sketch    IF valid pointer or no objects THEN return successfully. | 
|---|
| 2588 | *            Allocate memory. | 
|---|
| 2589 | *            LOOP thru all pages/objects | 
|---|
| 2590 | *            BEGIN | 
|---|
| 2591 | *                IF current object offset within physical size THEN | 
|---|
| 2592 | *                BEGIN | 
|---|
| 2593 | *                    make a VALID page entry . | 
|---|
| 2594 | *                    add the smaller of pagesize and physical size - object offset to offPageData. | 
|---|
| 2595 | *                END | 
|---|
| 2596 | *                ELSE make a ZEROED page entry. (remeber fAllInOneObject) | 
|---|
| 2597 | *                next page/object. | 
|---|
| 2598 | *            END | 
|---|
| 2599 | *            return successfully. | 
|---|
| 2600 | * @status    completely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 2601 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 2602 | * @remark    Object Page Table format (from Linear eXecutable Module Format,lxspec.inf, Rev.8): | 
|---|
| 2603 | * | 
|---|
| 2604 | *  The Object page table provides information about a logical page in an object. A logical page | 
|---|
| 2605 | *  may be an enumerated page, a pseudo page or an iterated page. The structure of the object | 
|---|
| 2606 | *  page table in conjunction with the structure of the object table allows for efficient access | 
|---|
| 2607 | *  of a page when a page fault occurs, while still allowing the physical page data to be | 
|---|
| 2608 | *  located in the preload page, demand load page or iterated data page sections in the linear | 
|---|
| 2609 | *  EXE module. The logical page entries in the Object Page Table are numbered starting from one. | 
|---|
| 2610 | *  The Object Page Table is parallel to the Fixup Page Table as they are both indexed by the | 
|---|
| 2611 | *  logical page number.  Each Object Page Table entry has the following format: | 
|---|
| 2612 | * | 
|---|
| 2613 | *        63                     32 31       16 15         0 | 
|---|
| 2614 | *         ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 2615 | *     00h ³    PAGE DATA OFFSET   ³ DATA SIZE ³   FLAGS   ³ | 
|---|
| 2616 | *         ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ | 
|---|
| 2617 | * | 
|---|
| 2618 | *  Object Page Table Entry | 
|---|
| 2619 | * | 
|---|
| 2620 | *     PAGE DATA OFFSET = DD  Offset to the page data in the EXE file. This field, when bit | 
|---|
| 2621 | *     shifted left by the PAGE OFFSET SHIFT from the module header, specifies the offset from | 
|---|
| 2622 | *     the beginning of the Preload Page section of the physical page data in the EXE file that | 
|---|
| 2623 | *     corresponds to this logical page entry.  The page data may reside in the Preload Pages, | 
|---|
| 2624 | *     Demand Load Pages or the Iterated Data Pages sections.  A page might not start at the next | 
|---|
| 2625 | *     available alignment boundary. Extra padding is acceptable between pages as long as each | 
|---|
| 2626 | *     page starts on an alignment boundary. For example, several alignment boundarys may be | 
|---|
| 2627 | *     skipped in order to start a frequently accessed page on a sector boundary.  If the FLAGS | 
|---|
| 2628 | *     field specifies that this is a Zero-Filled page then the PAGE DATA OFFSET field will | 
|---|
| 2629 | *     contain a 0.  If the logical page is specified as an iterated data page, as indicated by | 
|---|
| 2630 | *     the FLAGS field, then this field specifies the offset into the Iterated Data Pages section. | 
|---|
| 2631 | *     The logical page number (Object Page Table index), is used to index the Fixup Page Table to | 
|---|
| 2632 | *     find any fixups associated with the logical page. | 
|---|
| 2633 | * | 
|---|
| 2634 | *     DATA SIZE = DW  Number of bytes of data for this page. This field specifies the actual | 
|---|
| 2635 | *     number of bytes that represent the page in the file.  If the PAGE SIZE field from the | 
|---|
| 2636 | *     module header is greater than the value of this field and the FLAGS field indicates a Legal | 
|---|
| 2637 | *     Physical Page, the remaining bytes are to be filled with zeros.  If the FLAGS field | 
|---|
| 2638 | *     indicates an Iterated Data Page, the iterated data records will completely fill out the | 
|---|
| 2639 | *     remainder. | 
|---|
| 2640 | * | 
|---|
| 2641 | *     FLAGS = DW  Attributes specifying characteristics of this logical page. The bit definitions | 
|---|
| 2642 | *     for this word field follow, | 
|---|
| 2643 | * | 
|---|
| 2644 | *               00h = Legal Physical Page in the module (Offset from Preload Page Section). | 
|---|
| 2645 | *               01h = Iterated Data Page (Offset from Iterated Data Pages Section). | 
|---|
| 2646 | *               02h = Invalid Page (zero). | 
|---|
| 2647 | *               03h = Zero Filled Page (zero). | 
|---|
| 2648 | *               04h = Range of Pages. | 
|---|
| 2649 | *               05h = Compressed Page (Offset from Preload Pages Section). | 
|---|
| 2650 | * | 
|---|
| 2651 | * ----------- | 
|---|
| 2652 | * | 
|---|
| 2653 | * Not space optimized yet! | 
|---|
| 2654 | * | 
|---|
| 2655 | */ | 
|---|
| 2656 | ULONG Pe2Lx::makeObjectPageTable() | 
|---|
| 2657 | { | 
|---|
| 2658 | ULONG  cPages; | 
|---|
| 2659 | ULONG  i; | 
|---|
| 2660 | ULONG  iObj;            /* Index to Current object. */ | 
|---|
| 2661 | ULONG  offObject;       /* Offset of the current page into the object. */ | 
|---|
| 2662 | ULONG  offPageData;     /* Offset from e32_datapage in virtual LX file.  */ | 
|---|
| 2663 |  | 
|---|
| 2664 | /* check if valid object page table pointer or no objects */ | 
|---|
| 2665 | if (paObjPageTab != NULL || cObjects == 0) | 
|---|
| 2666 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2667 |  | 
|---|
| 2668 | /* allocate memory */ | 
|---|
| 2669 | cPages = getCountOfPages(); | 
|---|
| 2670 | paObjPageTab = (struct o32_map*)malloc((size_t)(cPages * sizeof(struct o32_map))); | 
|---|
| 2671 | if (paObjPageTab == NULL) | 
|---|
| 2672 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 2673 |  | 
|---|
| 2674 | /* loop */ | 
|---|
| 2675 | iObj = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 2676 | offObject = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 2677 | offPageData = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 2678 | for (i = 0UL; i < cPages; i++) | 
|---|
| 2679 | { | 
|---|
| 2680 | paObjPageTab[i].o32_pagedataoffset = offPageData; | 
|---|
| 2681 | if (offObject < paObjects[iObj].cbPhysical) | 
|---|
| 2682 | { | 
|---|
| 2683 | paObjPageTab[i].o32_pagesize  = (USHORT)min(paObjects[iObj].cbPhysical - offObject, PAGESIZE); | 
|---|
| 2684 | paObjPageTab[i].o32_pageflags = VALID; | 
|---|
| 2685 | offPageData += min(paObjects[iObj].cbPhysical - offObject, PAGESIZE); | 
|---|
| 2686 | } | 
|---|
| 2687 | else | 
|---|
| 2688 | { | 
|---|
| 2689 | paObjPageTab[i].o32_pagesize  = (USHORT)(fAllInOneObject && iObj + 1UL < cObjects ? | 
|---|
| 2690 | PAGESIZE : min(paObjects[iObj].cbVirtual - offObject, PAGESIZE)); | 
|---|
| 2691 | paObjPageTab[i].o32_pageflags = ZEROED; | 
|---|
| 2692 | } | 
|---|
| 2693 |  | 
|---|
| 2694 | /* next */ | 
|---|
| 2695 | if (offObject + PAGESIZE >= | 
|---|
| 2696 | (fAllInOneObject && iObj + 1UL < cObjects ? | 
|---|
| 2697 | paObjects[iObj + 1].ulRVA - paObjects[iObj].ulRVA : paObjects[iObj].cbVirtual) | 
|---|
| 2698 | ) | 
|---|
| 2699 | {   /* object++ */ | 
|---|
| 2700 | iObj++; | 
|---|
| 2701 | offObject = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 2702 | } | 
|---|
| 2703 | else /* page++ */ | 
|---|
| 2704 | offObject += PAGESIZE; | 
|---|
| 2705 | } | 
|---|
| 2706 |  | 
|---|
| 2707 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2708 | } | 
|---|
| 2709 |  | 
|---|
| 2710 |  | 
|---|
| 2711 | /** | 
|---|
| 2712 | * Convert baserelocation and imports to LX fixups. Complex stuff! | 
|---|
| 2713 | * @returns   NO_ERROR on succes. Errorcode on error. | 
|---|
| 2714 | * @sketch    If valid pointers to fixups exist then return successfully without processing. | 
|---|
| 2715 | *            Validate pNtHdrs. | 
|---|
| 2716 | *            IF forwarders present and exports not made THEN makeExports! | 
|---|
| 2717 | *            Check and read directories for imports and relocations. | 
|---|
| 2718 | *            Create necessary Buffered RVA Readers. | 
|---|
| 2719 | *            Make sure kernel32 is the first imported module. | 
|---|
| 2720 | *            Initiate the import variables (if any imports): | 
|---|
| 2721 | *                Loop thru the import descriptiors looking for the lowest FirstThunk RVA. (ulRVAOrgFirstThunk and ulRVAFirstThunk) | 
|---|
| 2722 | *                When found read the module name and add it. (ulModuleOrdinal) | 
|---|
| 2723 | *            Initiate base relocations by reading the first Base Relocation. | 
|---|
| 2724 | *            Initiate iObj to 0UL, ulRVAPage to the RVA for the first object (which is allways 0UL!). | 
|---|
| 2725 | * | 
|---|
| 2726 | *            LOOP thru all objects as long as all processing is successful | 
|---|
| 2727 | *            BEGIN | 
|---|
| 2728 | *                Add a new page table entry. | 
|---|
| 2729 | *                IF Page with TIBFix THEN add import fixup for RegisterEXE/DLL call. | 
|---|
| 2730 | *                IF Import fixups on current page THEN | 
|---|
| 2731 | *                BEGIN | 
|---|
| 2732 | *                    LOOP while no processing errors and more imports on this page | 
|---|
| 2733 | *                    BEGIN | 
|---|
| 2734 | *                        Read Thunk | 
|---|
| 2735 | *                        IF not end of thunk array THEN | 
|---|
| 2736 | *                        BEGIN | 
|---|
| 2737 | *                            IF ordinal import THEN add ordinal import fixup | 
|---|
| 2738 | *                            ELSE IF valid RVA THEN | 
|---|
| 2739 | *                                get name and add name import fixup | 
|---|
| 2740 | *                            ELSE | 
|---|
| 2741 | *                                complain and fail. | 
|---|
| 2742 | *                            Next Thunk array element (ulRVAFirstThunk and ulRVAOrgFirstThunk) | 
|---|
| 2743 | *                        END | 
|---|
| 2744 | *                        ELSE | 
|---|
| 2745 | *                        BEGIN | 
|---|
| 2746 | *                            LOOP thru ImportDescriptors and find the following FirstThunk array. (ulRVAOrgFirstThunk and ulRVAFirstThunk) | 
|---|
| 2747 | *                            IF found THEN read the module name and add it. (ulModuleOrdinal) | 
|---|
| 2748 | *                            ELSE Disable Import Processing. | 
|---|
| 2749 | *                        END | 
|---|
| 2750 | *                    END | 
|---|
| 2751 | *                END | 
|---|
| 2752 | *                IF BaseRelocation chunk for current page THEN | 
|---|
| 2753 | *                BEGIN | 
|---|
| 2754 | *                    LOOP thru all relocation in this chunk. | 
|---|
| 2755 | *                    BEGIN | 
|---|
| 2756 | *                        Get relocation type/offset. | 
|---|
| 2757 | *                        Get target. | 
|---|
| 2758 | *                        IF BASED_HIGHLOW fixup THEN add it ELSE ignore it. | 
|---|
| 2759 | *                    END | 
|---|
| 2760 | *                    Read next relocation chunk header - if any. | 
|---|
| 2761 | *                END | 
|---|
| 2762 | *                Next page in object or next object. (ulRVAPage and iObj) | 
|---|
| 2763 | *            END | 
|---|
| 2764 | *            IF success THEN add final page table entry. | 
|---|
| 2765 | *            delete reader objects. | 
|---|
| 2766 | *            IF success THEN release unused memory in fixup and import structures. | 
|---|
| 2767 | *            return errorcode. | 
|---|
| 2768 | * | 
|---|
| 2769 | * @status    completely | 
|---|
| 2770 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 2771 | * @remark    stack usage: 26*4 + 5*4 = 124 bytes | 
|---|
| 2772 | *            heap  usage: 5 blocks   (4096 + 4*4) bytes = 20110 bytes | 
|---|
| 2773 | *            See bottom of addForwarderEntry remark! | 
|---|
| 2774 | * | 
|---|
| 2775 | *            BTW. This piece of code remindes me about cobol programming - large and clumsy. | 
|---|
| 2776 | *            (I have not programmed cobol, but have read and debugged it.) | 
|---|
| 2777 | */ | 
|---|
| 2778 | ULONG Pe2Lx::makeFixups() | 
|---|
| 2779 | { | 
|---|
| 2780 | BOOL                        fImports;           /* fImport is set when a valid import directory is present. */ | 
|---|
| 2781 | ULONG                       ulRVAImportDesc;    /* RVA of the first import descriptor. */ | 
|---|
| 2782 | IMAGE_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR     ImportDesc;         /* Import descriptor struct used while reading. */ | 
|---|
| 2783 | BufferedRVARead            *pImportReader;      /* Buffered reader import descriptors reads. */ | 
|---|
| 2784 | BufferedRVARead            *pImpNameReader;     /* Buffered reader for names reads; ie. function and module names. */ | 
|---|
| 2785 | BufferedRVARead            *pImpThunkReader;    /* Buffered reader for thunk reads; ie. reading from the OrgiginalFirstThunk array. */ | 
|---|
| 2786 | ULONG                       ulModuleOrdinal;    /* Module ordinal. Valid as long as fImport is set. */ | 
|---|
| 2787 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 2788 | ULONG                       ulCustomModOrdinal; /* Module ordinal of custom Odin dll. Valid as long as fImport is set. */ | 
|---|
| 2789 | char                        szModuleName[128]; | 
|---|
| 2790 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2791 | ULONG                       ulRVAFirstThunk;    /* Current first thunk array RVA. Points at current entry. */ | 
|---|
| 2792 | ULONG                       ulRVAOrgFirstThunk; /* Current original first thunk array RVA. Points at current entry. */ | 
|---|
| 2793 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 2794 | BOOL                        fBaseRelocs;        /* fBaseReloc is set when a valid base reloc directory is present. */ | 
|---|
| 2795 | ULONG                       ulRVABaseReloc;     /* RVA of the current base relocation chunk. (Not the first!) */ | 
|---|
| 2796 | LONG                        cbBaseRelocs;       /* Count of bytes left of base relocation. Used to determin eof baserelocs. */ | 
|---|
| 2797 | IMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION       BaseReloc;          /* Base Relocation struct which is used while reading. */ | 
|---|
| 2798 | BufferedRVARead            *pPageReader;        /* Buffered reader for page reads; ie. getting the target address. */ | 
|---|
| 2799 | BufferedRVARead            *pRelocReader;       /* Buffered reader for relocation reads; ie getting the type/offset word. */ | 
|---|
| 2800 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2801 | ULONG                       ulRVAPage;          /* RVA for the current page. */ | 
|---|
| 2802 | ULONG                       ul;                 /* temporary unsigned long variable. Many uses. */ | 
|---|
| 2803 | PSZ                         psz;                /* temporary string pointer. Used for modulenames and functionnames. */ | 
|---|
| 2804 | ULONG                       iObj;               /* Object iterator. (Index into paObjects) */ | 
|---|
| 2805 | APIRET                      rc;                 /* return code. */ | 
|---|
| 2806 |  | 
|---|
| 2807 | /* Test if valid fixup data pointers - return if vaild */ | 
|---|
| 2808 | if (pFixupRecords != NULL && paulFixupPageTable != NULL) | 
|---|
| 2809 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 2810 |  | 
|---|
| 2811 | /* initiate data members of this object */ | 
|---|
| 2812 | rc = initFixups(); | 
|---|
| 2813 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2814 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 2815 |  | 
|---|
| 2816 | /* Check that the NtHdr is valid. */ | 
|---|
| 2817 | rc = loadNtHeaders(); | 
|---|
| 2818 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2819 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 2820 |  | 
|---|
| 2821 | /* if there are forwarder entries present, we'll have to make them first.  */ | 
|---|
| 2822 | if (fForwarders && pEntryBundles == NULL) | 
|---|
| 2823 | { | 
|---|
| 2824 | rc = makeExports(); | 
|---|
| 2825 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2826 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 2827 | } | 
|---|
| 2828 |  | 
|---|
| 2829 | /* Check if empty import directory. */ | 
|---|
| 2830 | fImports = pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_IMPORT].Size > 0UL | 
|---|
| 2831 | && | 
|---|
| 2832 | (ulRVAImportDesc = pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_IMPORT].VirtualAddress) > 0UL | 
|---|
| 2833 | && | 
|---|
| 2834 | ulRVAImportDesc < pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfImage; | 
|---|
| 2835 |  | 
|---|
| 2836 | /* Check if empty base relocation directory. */ | 
|---|
| 2837 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 2838 | fBaseRelocs = (cbBaseRelocs = pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BASERELOC].Size) > 0UL | 
|---|
| 2839 | && | 
|---|
| 2840 | (ulRVABaseReloc = pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BASERELOC].VirtualAddress) > 0UL | 
|---|
| 2841 | && | 
|---|
| 2842 | ulRVABaseReloc < pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfImage | 
|---|
| 2843 | && | 
|---|
| 2844 | areFixupsEnabled(); | 
|---|
| 2845 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2846 | printInf(("\n")); | 
|---|
| 2847 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 2848 | printInf(("Make fixups, fBaseReloc=%s, fImports=%s\n", | 
|---|
| 2849 | fBaseRelocs ? "true" : "false", | 
|---|
| 2850 | fImports ? "true" : "false")); | 
|---|
| 2851 | #else | 
|---|
| 2852 | printInf(("Make fixups, fImports=%s\n", fImports ? "true" : "false")); | 
|---|
| 2853 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2854 | printInf(("\n")); | 
|---|
| 2855 |  | 
|---|
| 2856 | /* create reader buffers */ | 
|---|
| 2857 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 2858 | if (fBaseRelocs) | 
|---|
| 2859 | { | 
|---|
| 2860 | pPageReader = new BufferedRVARead(hFile, cObjects, paObjects); | 
|---|
| 2861 | pRelocReader = new BufferedRVARead(hFile, cObjects, paObjects); | 
|---|
| 2862 | if (pPageReader == NULL || pRelocReader == NULL) | 
|---|
| 2863 | rc = ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 2864 | } | 
|---|
| 2865 | else | 
|---|
| 2866 | pRelocReader = pPageReader = NULL; | 
|---|
| 2867 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2868 | if (fImports) | 
|---|
| 2869 | { | 
|---|
| 2870 | pImportReader = new BufferedRVARead(hFile, cObjects, paObjects); | 
|---|
| 2871 | pImpNameReader = new BufferedRVARead(hFile, cObjects, paObjects); | 
|---|
| 2872 | pImpThunkReader = new BufferedRVARead(hFile, cObjects, paObjects); | 
|---|
| 2873 | if (pImportReader == NULL || pImpNameReader == NULL || pImpThunkReader == NULL) | 
|---|
| 2874 | rc = ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 2875 | } | 
|---|
| 2876 | else | 
|---|
| 2877 | pImpThunkReader = pImpNameReader = pImportReader = NULL; | 
|---|
| 2878 |  | 
|---|
| 2879 | /* check for errors */ | 
|---|
| 2880 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2881 | {   /* error: clean up and return! */ | 
|---|
| 2882 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 2883 | if (pPageReader != NULL) | 
|---|
| 2884 | delete pPageReader; | 
|---|
| 2885 | if (pRelocReader != NULL) | 
|---|
| 2886 | delete pRelocReader; | 
|---|
| 2887 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2888 | if (pImportReader != NULL) | 
|---|
| 2889 | delete pImportReader; | 
|---|
| 2890 | if (pImpNameReader  != NULL) | 
|---|
| 2891 | delete pImpNameReader; | 
|---|
| 2892 | if (pImpThunkReader != NULL) | 
|---|
| 2893 | delete pImpThunkReader; | 
|---|
| 2894 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 2895 | } | 
|---|
| 2896 |  | 
|---|
| 2897 | /* Make sure kernel32 is the first imported module */ | 
|---|
| 2898 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2899 | { | 
|---|
| 2900 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 2901 | if(hasCustomDll()) { | 
|---|
| 2902 | rc = addModule(options.pszCustomDll, (PULONG)SSToDS(&ul)); | 
|---|
| 2903 | ulCustomModOrdinal = ul; | 
|---|
| 2904 | strcpy(szModuleName, "KERNEL32"); | 
|---|
| 2905 | } | 
|---|
| 2906 | else | 
|---|
| 2907 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2908 | rc = addModule("KERNEL32.DLL", (PULONG)SSToDS(&ul)); | 
|---|
| 2909 | } | 
|---|
| 2910 |  | 
|---|
| 2911 | /* initiate the import variables */ | 
|---|
| 2912 | if (fImports && rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2913 | { | 
|---|
| 2914 | rc = pImportReader->readAtRVA(ulRVAImportDesc, SSToDS(&ImportDesc), sizeof(ImportDesc)); | 
|---|
| 2915 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2916 | { | 
|---|
| 2917 | ul = 0; | 
|---|
| 2918 | ulRVAFirstThunk = ~0UL; | 
|---|
| 2919 | while (rc == NO_ERROR && ImportDesc.Name != 0UL && ImportDesc.FirstThunk != 0UL) | 
|---|
| 2920 | { | 
|---|
| 2921 | if ((ULONG)ImportDesc.FirstThunk < ulRVAFirstThunk || ulRVAFirstThunk == 0UL) /* 0 test: just in case... */ | 
|---|
| 2922 | { | 
|---|
| 2923 | ulRVAFirstThunk = (ULONG)ImportDesc.FirstThunk; | 
|---|
| 2924 | ulRVAOrgFirstThunk = (ULONG)ImportDesc.u.OriginalFirstThunk != 0UL ? | 
|---|
| 2925 | (ULONG)ImportDesc.u.OriginalFirstThunk : (ULONG)ImportDesc.FirstThunk; | 
|---|
| 2926 | ulModuleOrdinal = ImportDesc.Name; | 
|---|
| 2927 | } | 
|---|
| 2928 |  | 
|---|
| 2929 | /* next */ | 
|---|
| 2930 | ul++; | 
|---|
| 2931 | rc = pImportReader->readAtRVA(ulRVAImportDesc + ul * sizeof(ImportDesc), SSToDS(&ImportDesc), sizeof(ImportDesc)); | 
|---|
| 2932 | } | 
|---|
| 2933 |  | 
|---|
| 2934 | if (ulRVAFirstThunk != ~0UL) | 
|---|
| 2935 | { | 
|---|
| 2936 | rc = pImpNameReader->dupString(ulModuleOrdinal, (PSZ*)SSToDS(&psz)); | 
|---|
| 2937 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2938 | { | 
|---|
| 2939 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 2940 | if(hasCustomDll()) { | 
|---|
| 2941 | ulModuleOrdinal = ulCustomModOrdinal; | 
|---|
| 2942 | strcpy(szModuleName, psz); | 
|---|
| 2943 | char *tmp = szModuleName; | 
|---|
| 2944 | while(*tmp != 0 && *tmp != '.') | 
|---|
| 2945 | { | 
|---|
| 2946 | if(*tmp >= 'a' && *tmp <= 'z') { | 
|---|
| 2947 | *tmp += ('A' - 'a'); | 
|---|
| 2948 | } | 
|---|
| 2949 | tmp++; | 
|---|
| 2950 | } | 
|---|
| 2951 | *tmp = 0; | 
|---|
| 2952 | } | 
|---|
| 2953 | else | 
|---|
| 2954 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2955 | rc = addModule(psz, (PULONG)SSToDS(&ulModuleOrdinal)); | 
|---|
| 2956 |  | 
|---|
| 2957 | free(psz); | 
|---|
| 2958 | } | 
|---|
| 2959 | } | 
|---|
| 2960 | else | 
|---|
| 2961 | fImports = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 2962 | } | 
|---|
| 2963 | } | 
|---|
| 2964 |  | 
|---|
| 2965 |  | 
|---|
| 2966 | /* read start of the first basereloc chunk */ | 
|---|
| 2967 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 2968 | if (fBaseRelocs && rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2969 | rc = pRelocReader->readAtRVA(ulRVABaseReloc, SSToDS(&BaseReloc), sizeof(BaseReloc)); | 
|---|
| 2970 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2971 |  | 
|---|
| 2972 |  | 
|---|
| 2973 | /* | 
|---|
| 2974 | *  The Loop! Iterate thru all pages for all objects. | 
|---|
| 2975 | */ | 
|---|
| 2976 | iObj = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 2977 | if (iObj < cObjects) | 
|---|
| 2978 | ulRVAPage = paObjects[iObj].ulRVA; | 
|---|
| 2979 | while (iObj < cObjects && rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2980 | { | 
|---|
| 2981 | printInfA(("Page at RVA=0x%08x, object no.%d\n", ulRVAPage, iObj)); | 
|---|
| 2982 |  | 
|---|
| 2983 | /* insert new fixup page and fixup record structs */ | 
|---|
| 2984 | rc = addPageFixupEntry(); | 
|---|
| 2985 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 2986 | break; | 
|---|
| 2987 |  | 
|---|
| 2988 | /* check for TibFix, add import fixup for it */ | 
|---|
| 2989 | if (paObjects[iObj].Misc.fTIBFixObject | 
|---|
| 2990 | && ((paObjects[iObj].Misc.offTIBFix + paObjects[iObj].ulRVA) & ~(PAGESIZE-1UL)) == ulRVAPage) | 
|---|
| 2991 | { | 
|---|
| 2992 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 2993 | if(hasCustomDll()) { | 
|---|
| 2994 | rc = addModule(options.pszCustomDll, (PULONG)SSToDS(&ul)); | 
|---|
| 2995 | ulCustomModOrdinal = ul; | 
|---|
| 2996 | } | 
|---|
| 2997 | else | 
|---|
| 2998 | #endif | 
|---|
| 2999 | rc = addModule("KERNEL32.DLL", (PULONG)SSToDS(&ul)); | 
|---|
| 3000 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3001 | { | 
|---|
| 3002 | printInfA(("TibFix import fixup\n")); | 
|---|
| 3003 | rc = add32OrdImportFixup((WORD)((paObjects[iObj].Misc.offTIBFix + paObjects[iObj].ulRVA + TIBFIX_OFF_CALLADDRESS) & (PAGESIZE-1UL)), | 
|---|
| 3004 | ul, | 
|---|
| 3005 | pNtHdrs->FileHeader.Characteristics & IMAGE_FILE_DLL ? | 
|---|
| 3006 | ORD_REGISTERPE2LXDLL : ORD_REGISTERPE2LXEXE | 
|---|
| 3007 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 3008 | , "KERNEL32" | 
|---|
| 3009 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3010 | ); | 
|---|
| 3011 | } | 
|---|
| 3012 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3013 | break; | 
|---|
| 3014 | } | 
|---|
| 3015 |  | 
|---|
| 3016 |  | 
|---|
| 3017 | /* check for imports at this page */ | 
|---|
| 3018 | if (fImports && ulRVAFirstThunk < ulRVAPage + PAGESIZE) | 
|---|
| 3019 | { | 
|---|
| 3020 | while (rc == NO_ERROR && ulRVAFirstThunk < ulRVAPage + PAGESIZE) | 
|---|
| 3021 | { | 
|---|
| 3022 | IMAGE_THUNK_DATA Thunk; | 
|---|
| 3023 | rc = pImpThunkReader->readAtRVA(ulRVAOrgFirstThunk, SSToDS(&Thunk), sizeof(Thunk)); | 
|---|
| 3024 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3025 | break; | 
|---|
| 3026 | if (Thunk.u1.Ordinal != 0UL) | 
|---|
| 3027 | { | 
|---|
| 3028 | if (Thunk.u1.Ordinal & (ULONG)IMAGE_ORDINAL_FLAG) | 
|---|
| 3029 | rc = add32OrdImportFixup((WORD)(ulRVAFirstThunk & (PAGESIZE-1)), | 
|---|
| 3030 | ulModuleOrdinal, Thunk.u1.Ordinal & 0xffff | 
|---|
| 3031 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 3032 | , szModuleName | 
|---|
| 3033 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3034 | ); | 
|---|
| 3035 | else if (Thunk.u1.Ordinal > 0UL && Thunk.u1.Ordinal < pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfImage) | 
|---|
| 3036 | { | 
|---|
| 3037 | rc = pImpNameReader->dupString(Thunk.u1.Ordinal + offsetof(IMAGE_IMPORT_BY_NAME, Name), | 
|---|
| 3038 | (PSZ*)SSToDS(&psz)); | 
|---|
| 3039 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3040 | break; | 
|---|
| 3041 | rc = add32NameImportFixup((WORD)(ulRVAFirstThunk & (PAGESIZE-1)), | 
|---|
| 3042 | ulModuleOrdinal, psz | 
|---|
| 3043 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 3044 | , szModuleName | 
|---|
| 3045 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3046 | ); | 
|---|
| 3047 | free(psz); | 
|---|
| 3048 | } | 
|---|
| 3049 | else | 
|---|
| 3050 | { | 
|---|
| 3051 | printErr(("invalid value in thunk array, neither an ordinal value nor an valid RVA. 0x%08x\n", Thunk.u1.Ordinal)); | 
|---|
| 3052 | rc = ERROR_INVALID_ADDRESS; | 
|---|
| 3053 | break; | 
|---|
| 3054 | } | 
|---|
| 3055 |  | 
|---|
| 3056 | /* next */ | 
|---|
| 3057 | ulRVAFirstThunk += sizeof(IMAGE_THUNK_DATA); | 
|---|
| 3058 | ulRVAOrgFirstThunk += sizeof(IMAGE_THUNK_DATA); | 
|---|
| 3059 | } | 
|---|
| 3060 | else | 
|---|
| 3061 | {   /* next module */ | 
|---|
| 3062 | rc = pImportReader->readAtRVA(ulRVAImportDesc, SSToDS(&ImportDesc), sizeof(ImportDesc)); | 
|---|
| 3063 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3064 | { | 
|---|
| 3065 | ULONG ulRVAFirstThunkPrev = ulRVAFirstThunk; | 
|---|
| 3066 | ul = 0; | 
|---|
| 3067 | ulRVAFirstThunk = ~0UL; | 
|---|
| 3068 | while (rc == NO_ERROR && ImportDesc.Name != 0UL && ImportDesc.FirstThunk != 0UL) | 
|---|
| 3069 | { | 
|---|
| 3070 | if ((ULONG)ImportDesc.FirstThunk < ulRVAFirstThunk | 
|---|
| 3071 | && (ULONG)ImportDesc.FirstThunk > ulRVAFirstThunkPrev) | 
|---|
| 3072 | { | 
|---|
| 3073 | ulRVAFirstThunk = (ULONG)ImportDesc.FirstThunk; | 
|---|
| 3074 | ulRVAOrgFirstThunk = (ULONG)ImportDesc.u.OriginalFirstThunk != 0UL ? | 
|---|
| 3075 | (ULONG)ImportDesc.u.OriginalFirstThunk : (ULONG)ImportDesc.FirstThunk; | 
|---|
| 3076 | ulModuleOrdinal = ImportDesc.Name; | 
|---|
| 3077 | } | 
|---|
| 3078 |  | 
|---|
| 3079 | /* next */ | 
|---|
| 3080 | ul++; | 
|---|
| 3081 | rc = pImportReader->readAtRVA(ulRVAImportDesc + ul * sizeof(ImportDesc), SSToDS(&ImportDesc), sizeof(ImportDesc)); | 
|---|
| 3082 | } | 
|---|
| 3083 |  | 
|---|
| 3084 | if (ulRVAFirstThunk != ~0UL) | 
|---|
| 3085 | {   /* modulename */ | 
|---|
| 3086 | rc = pImpNameReader->dupString(ulModuleOrdinal, (PSZ*)SSToDS(&psz)); | 
|---|
| 3087 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3088 | { | 
|---|
| 3089 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 3090 | if(hasCustomDll()) { | 
|---|
| 3091 | ulModuleOrdinal = ulCustomModOrdinal; | 
|---|
| 3092 | strcpy(szModuleName, psz); | 
|---|
| 3093 | char *tmp = szModuleName; | 
|---|
| 3094 | while(*tmp != 0 && *tmp != '.') { | 
|---|
| 3095 | if(*tmp >= 'a' && *tmp <= 'z') { | 
|---|
| 3096 | *tmp += ('A' - 'a'); | 
|---|
| 3097 | } | 
|---|
| 3098 | tmp++; | 
|---|
| 3099 | } | 
|---|
| 3100 | *tmp = 0; | 
|---|
| 3101 | } | 
|---|
| 3102 | else | 
|---|
| 3103 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3104 | rc = addModule(psz, (PULONG)SSToDS(&ulModuleOrdinal)); | 
|---|
| 3105 | free(psz); | 
|---|
| 3106 | } | 
|---|
| 3107 | } | 
|---|
| 3108 | else | 
|---|
| 3109 | fImports = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 3110 | } | 
|---|
| 3111 | } | 
|---|
| 3112 | } /* while */ | 
|---|
| 3113 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3114 | break; | 
|---|
| 3115 | } | 
|---|
| 3116 |  | 
|---|
| 3117 |  | 
|---|
| 3118 | /* check for fixups for this page. ASSUMES that fixups are sorted and that each chunk covers one page, no more no less. */ | 
|---|
| 3119 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 3120 | if (fBaseRelocs && BaseReloc.VirtualAddress == ulRVAPage) | 
|---|
| 3121 | { | 
|---|
| 3122 | ULONG c = (BaseReloc.SizeOfBlock - sizeof(BaseReloc.SizeOfBlock) - sizeof(BaseReloc.VirtualAddress)) / sizeof(WORD); /* note that sizeof(BaseReloc) is 12 bytes! */ | 
|---|
| 3123 | PWORD pawoffFixup = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3124 |  | 
|---|
| 3125 | if (c != 0) | 
|---|
| 3126 | { | 
|---|
| 3127 | pawoffFixup = (PWORD)malloc((size_t)(c * sizeof(WORD))); | 
|---|
| 3128 | if (pawoffFixup != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3129 | rc = pRelocReader->readAtRVA(ulRVABaseReloc + offsetof(IMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION, TypeOffset), | 
|---|
| 3130 | pawoffFixup, c * sizeof(WORD)); | 
|---|
| 3131 | else | 
|---|
| 3132 | rc = ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 3133 |  | 
|---|
| 3134 | /* loop thru the baserelocation in this chunk. */ | 
|---|
| 3135 | for (ul = 0; ul < c && rc == NO_ERROR; ul++) | 
|---|
| 3136 | { | 
|---|
| 3137 | WORD  woffFixup; | 
|---|
| 3138 | ULONG ulTarget; | 
|---|
| 3139 | /* Get relocation type/offset. */ | 
|---|
| 3140 | if (pawoffFixup != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3141 | woffFixup = pawoffFixup[ul]; | 
|---|
| 3142 |  | 
|---|
| 3143 | /* Get target. */ | 
|---|
| 3144 | rc = pPageReader->readAtRVA(BaseReloc.VirtualAddress + (woffFixup & 0x0FFF), | 
|---|
| 3145 | SSToDS(&ulTarget), sizeof(ulTarget)); | 
|---|
| 3146 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3147 | { | 
|---|
| 3148 | switch (woffFixup >> 12) | 
|---|
| 3149 | { | 
|---|
| 3150 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHLOW: | 
|---|
| 3151 | rc = add32OffsetFixup((WORD)(woffFixup & 0x0FFF), ulTarget); | 
|---|
| 3152 | printInfA(("Fixup: 0x%03x target 0x%08x (rc = %d) %s\n", | 
|---|
| 3153 | (woffFixup & 0x0FFF), ulTarget, rc, | 
|---|
| 3154 | pvCrossPageFixup ? "crosspage" : "")); | 
|---|
| 3155 | break; | 
|---|
| 3156 | case IMAGE_REL_BASED_ABSOLUTE: /* ignored! */ | 
|---|
| 3157 | break; | 
|---|
| 3158 | default: | 
|---|
| 3159 | printWar(("Unknown/unsupported fixup type!, 0x%1x\n", woffFixup >> 12)); | 
|---|
| 3160 | } | 
|---|
| 3161 | } | 
|---|
| 3162 | } | 
|---|
| 3163 | } | 
|---|
| 3164 |  | 
|---|
| 3165 | /* cleanup */ | 
|---|
| 3166 | if (pawoffFixup != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3167 | free(pawoffFixup); | 
|---|
| 3168 |  | 
|---|
| 3169 | /* break on error */ | 
|---|
| 3170 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3171 | break; | 
|---|
| 3172 |  | 
|---|
| 3173 | /* read next descriptor if any */ | 
|---|
| 3174 | ulRVABaseReloc += BaseReloc.SizeOfBlock; | 
|---|
| 3175 | cbBaseRelocs -= BaseReloc.SizeOfBlock; | 
|---|
| 3176 | if (cbBaseRelocs > 0) | 
|---|
| 3177 | { | 
|---|
| 3178 | rc = pRelocReader->readAtRVA(ulRVABaseReloc, SSToDS(&BaseReloc), sizeof(BaseReloc)); | 
|---|
| 3179 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3180 | break; | 
|---|
| 3181 | } | 
|---|
| 3182 | else | 
|---|
| 3183 | fBaseRelocs = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 3184 | } | 
|---|
| 3185 | #endif /*ifndef RING */ | 
|---|
| 3186 |  | 
|---|
| 3187 | /**  next  **/ | 
|---|
| 3188 | if (ulRVAPage + PAGESIZE >= | 
|---|
| 3189 | (fAllInOneObject && iObj + 1 < cObjects ? | 
|---|
| 3190 | paObjects[iObj + 1].ulRVA : paObjects[iObj].ulRVA + paObjects[iObj].cbVirtual) | 
|---|
| 3191 | ) | 
|---|
| 3192 | {   /* object++ */ | 
|---|
| 3193 | iObj++; | 
|---|
| 3194 | if (iObj < cObjects) | 
|---|
| 3195 | ulRVAPage = paObjects[iObj].ulRVA; | 
|---|
| 3196 | } | 
|---|
| 3197 | else /* page++ */ | 
|---|
| 3198 | ulRVAPage += PAGESIZE; | 
|---|
| 3199 | Yield(); | 
|---|
| 3200 | } /* The Loop! */ | 
|---|
| 3201 |  | 
|---|
| 3202 |  | 
|---|
| 3203 | /* insert final fixup page struct */ | 
|---|
| 3204 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3205 | rc = addPageFixupEntry(TRUE); | 
|---|
| 3206 |  | 
|---|
| 3207 | /* finished! - cleanup! */ | 
|---|
| 3208 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 3209 | if (pPageReader != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3210 | delete pPageReader; | 
|---|
| 3211 | if (pRelocReader != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3212 | delete pRelocReader; | 
|---|
| 3213 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3214 | if (pImportReader != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3215 | delete pImportReader; | 
|---|
| 3216 | if (pImpNameReader  != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3217 | delete pImpNameReader; | 
|---|
| 3218 | if (pImpThunkReader != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3219 | delete pImpThunkReader; | 
|---|
| 3220 |  | 
|---|
| 3221 | /* Release unused memory in fixup and import structures. */ | 
|---|
| 3222 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3223 | { | 
|---|
| 3224 | finalizeImportNames(); | 
|---|
| 3225 | finalizeFixups(); | 
|---|
| 3226 | } | 
|---|
| 3227 | #ifdef RING0 | 
|---|
| 3228 | /* load base relocations... */ | 
|---|
| 3229 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3230 | return loadBaseRelocations(); | 
|---|
| 3231 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3232 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 3233 | } | 
|---|
| 3234 |  | 
|---|
| 3235 |  | 
|---|
| 3236 | /** | 
|---|
| 3237 | * Convert exports to LX entries and resident name table. | 
|---|
| 3238 | * It also creates the modulename. | 
|---|
| 3239 | * @returns   Return code. (NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3240 | * @sketch    IF valid pointers THEN - nothing to do - return successfully. | 
|---|
| 3241 | *            Check that the NtHdr is valid. | 
|---|
| 3242 | *            Init datastructues. | 
|---|
| 3243 | *            Add modulename to resident name table with ordinal 0. | 
|---|
| 3244 | *            IF empty export directory THEN finalizeExports and return successfully. | 
|---|
| 3245 | *            Create buffered readers. | 
|---|
| 3246 | *            Read Export Directory. | 
|---|
| 3247 | *            Convert Address of Functions to LX entry points: | 
|---|
| 3248 | *            LOOP thru all entries in the AddressOfFunctions array | 
|---|
| 3249 | *            BEGIN | 
|---|
| 3250 | *                Read entry. (ulRVA) | 
|---|
| 3251 | *                IF forwarder THEN add forwarder. | 
|---|
| 3252 | *                IF not forwarder THEN add entry. | 
|---|
| 3253 | *            END | 
|---|
| 3254 | * | 
|---|
| 3255 | *            Convert function names to resident names (if any names of course). | 
|---|
| 3256 | *            LOOP thru all entries in the two parallell arrays AddressOfNames and AddressOfNameOrdinals | 
|---|
| 3257 | *            BEGIN | 
|---|
| 3258 | *                Read entries from both tables. | 
|---|
| 3259 | *                Read Name. | 
|---|
| 3260 | *                Add resident name. | 
|---|
| 3261 | *            END | 
|---|
| 3262 | * | 
|---|
| 3263 | *            Add last entry. | 
|---|
| 3264 | *            Delete readers. | 
|---|
| 3265 | *            Finalize Exports. | 
|---|
| 3266 | *            return return code. | 
|---|
| 3267 | * | 
|---|
| 3268 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 3269 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 3270 | */ | 
|---|
| 3271 | ULONG Pe2Lx::makeExports() | 
|---|
| 3272 | { | 
|---|
| 3273 | IMAGE_EXPORT_DIRECTORY  ExpDir;         /* Export directory struct used when reading the export directory. */ | 
|---|
| 3274 | BufferedRVARead        *pFATFOTReader;  /* Buffered reader for function address table and function ordinal table reads. */ | 
|---|
| 3275 | BufferedRVARead        *pFNTReader;     /* Buffered reader for function name table reads. */ | 
|---|
| 3276 | BufferedRVARead        *pNameReader;    /* Buffered reader for function name and forwarder 'dll.function' reads. */ | 
|---|
| 3277 | ULONG                   ulRVAExportDir; | 
|---|
| 3278 | APIRET                  rc; | 
|---|
| 3279 | PSZ                     psz; | 
|---|
| 3280 |  | 
|---|
| 3281 |  | 
|---|
| 3282 | /* check if valid pointers - nothing to do - return successfully.*/ | 
|---|
| 3283 | if (pEntryBundles != NULL && pachResNameTable != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3284 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3285 |  | 
|---|
| 3286 | /* Check that the NtHdr is valid. */ | 
|---|
| 3287 | rc = loadNtHeaders(); | 
|---|
| 3288 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3289 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 3290 |  | 
|---|
| 3291 | /* Init datastructues. */ | 
|---|
| 3292 | rc = initEntry(); | 
|---|
| 3293 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3294 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 3295 |  | 
|---|
| 3296 | /* Add modulename to resident name table with ordinal 0. */ | 
|---|
| 3297 | rc = addResName(0UL, pszModuleName, ~0UL); | 
|---|
| 3298 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3299 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 3300 |  | 
|---|
| 3301 | /* Check if empty export directory. */ | 
|---|
| 3302 | if (!(pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_EXPORT].Size > 0UL | 
|---|
| 3303 | && | 
|---|
| 3304 | (ulRVAExportDir = pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_EXPORT].VirtualAddress) > 0UL | 
|---|
| 3305 | && | 
|---|
| 3306 | ulRVAExportDir < pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfImage)) | 
|---|
| 3307 | {   /* no exports */ | 
|---|
| 3308 | finalizeExports(); | 
|---|
| 3309 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 3310 | } | 
|---|
| 3311 |  | 
|---|
| 3312 | printInf(("\n")); | 
|---|
| 3313 | printInf(("Make exports\n")); | 
|---|
| 3314 | printInf(("\n")); | 
|---|
| 3315 |  | 
|---|
| 3316 | /* Create buffered readers. */ | 
|---|
| 3317 | pFATFOTReader = new BufferedRVARead(hFile, cObjects, paObjects); | 
|---|
| 3318 | pFNTReader    = new BufferedRVARead(hFile, cObjects, paObjects); | 
|---|
| 3319 | pNameReader   = new BufferedRVARead(hFile, cObjects, paObjects); | 
|---|
| 3320 | if (pFATFOTReader != NULL && pFNTReader != NULL && pNameReader != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3321 | { | 
|---|
| 3322 | /* Read export directory. */ | 
|---|
| 3323 | rc = pFATFOTReader->readAtRVA(ulRVAExportDir, SSToDS(&ExpDir), sizeof(ExpDir)); | 
|---|
| 3324 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3325 | { | 
|---|
| 3326 | ULONG ulRVA; | 
|---|
| 3327 | ULONG ul; | 
|---|
| 3328 |  | 
|---|
| 3329 | /* (try) optimize diskreads. */ | 
|---|
| 3330 | if ((ULONG)ExpDir.AddressOfFunctions < ulRVAExportDir + BUFFEREDRVAREADER_BUFFERSIZE) | 
|---|
| 3331 | *pFNTReader = *pFATFOTReader; | 
|---|
| 3332 | *pNameReader = *pFATFOTReader; | 
|---|
| 3333 |  | 
|---|
| 3334 | /* Convert Address of Functions to LX entry points. */ | 
|---|
| 3335 | for (ul = 0; ul < ExpDir.NumberOfFunctions && rc == NO_ERROR; ul++) | 
|---|
| 3336 | { | 
|---|
| 3337 | rc = pFATFOTReader->readAtRVA((ULONG)ExpDir.AddressOfFunctions + sizeof(ULONG)*ul, | 
|---|
| 3338 | SSToDS(&ulRVA), sizeof(ulRVA)); | 
|---|
| 3339 | /* empty? */ | 
|---|
| 3340 | if (ulRVA != 0UL) | 
|---|
| 3341 | { | 
|---|
| 3342 | BOOL fForwarder = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 3343 |  | 
|---|
| 3344 | /* forwarder? ulRVA within export directory. */ | 
|---|
| 3345 | if (ulRVA > pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_EXPORT].VirtualAddress | 
|---|
| 3346 | && ulRVA < pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_EXPORT].VirtualAddress | 
|---|
| 3347 | + pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_EXPORT].Size | 
|---|
| 3348 | ) | 
|---|
| 3349 | {   /* forwarder!(?) */ | 
|---|
| 3350 | PSZ  pszDll; | 
|---|
| 3351 | PSZ  pszFn; | 
|---|
| 3352 | rc = pNameReader->dupString(ulRVA, (PSZ*)SSToDS(&pszDll)); | 
|---|
| 3353 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3354 | break; | 
|---|
| 3355 | pszFn = strchr(pszDll, '.'); | 
|---|
| 3356 | if (pszFn != NULL && strlen(pszDll) != 0 && strlen(pszFn) != 0) | 
|---|
| 3357 | { | 
|---|
| 3358 | *pszFn++ = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 3359 | rc = addForwarderEntry(ul + ExpDir.Base, pszDll, pszFn); | 
|---|
| 3360 | fForwarder = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 3361 | } | 
|---|
| 3362 | free(pszDll); | 
|---|
| 3363 | } | 
|---|
| 3364 |  | 
|---|
| 3365 | /* non-forwarder export? */ | 
|---|
| 3366 | if (!fForwarder) | 
|---|
| 3367 | rc = addEntry(ul + ExpDir.Base, ulRVA); | 
|---|
| 3368 | } | 
|---|
| 3369 | } /* for loop - export --> entry */ | 
|---|
| 3370 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3371 | printErr(("export --> entry loop failed! ul = %d rc = %d\n", ul, rc)); | 
|---|
| 3372 | Yield(); | 
|---|
| 3373 |  | 
|---|
| 3374 | /* Convert function names to resident names. */ | 
|---|
| 3375 | if (rc == NO_ERROR && ExpDir.NumberOfNames > 0UL) | 
|---|
| 3376 | { | 
|---|
| 3377 | if ((ULONG)ExpDir.AddressOfNameOrdinals != 0UL && (ULONG)ExpDir.AddressOfNames != 0UL | 
|---|
| 3378 | && (ULONG)ExpDir.AddressOfNameOrdinals < pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfImage | 
|---|
| 3379 | && (ULONG)ExpDir.AddressOfNames < pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfImage | 
|---|
| 3380 | ) | 
|---|
| 3381 | { | 
|---|
| 3382 | WORD usOrdinal; | 
|---|
| 3383 |  | 
|---|
| 3384 | for (ul = 0; ul < ExpDir.NumberOfNames && rc == NO_ERROR; ul++) | 
|---|
| 3385 | { | 
|---|
| 3386 | rc = pFNTReader->readAtRVA((ULONG)ExpDir.AddressOfNames + ul * sizeof(ULONG), | 
|---|
| 3387 | SSToDS(&ulRVA), sizeof(ulRVA)); | 
|---|
| 3388 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3389 | break; | 
|---|
| 3390 | rc = pFATFOTReader->readAtRVA((ULONG)ExpDir.AddressOfNameOrdinals + ul * sizeof(WORD), | 
|---|
| 3391 | SSToDS(&usOrdinal), sizeof(usOrdinal)); | 
|---|
| 3392 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3393 | break; | 
|---|
| 3394 | usOrdinal += ExpDir.Base; | 
|---|
| 3395 | rc = pNameReader->dupString(ulRVA, (PSZ*)SSToDS(&psz)); | 
|---|
| 3396 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3397 | break; | 
|---|
| 3398 | rc = addResName(usOrdinal, psz, ~0UL); | 
|---|
| 3399 | free(psz); | 
|---|
| 3400 | Yield(); | 
|---|
| 3401 | } | 
|---|
| 3402 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3403 | printErr(("FnNames --> ResNames loop failed! ul = %d rc = %d\n", ul, rc)); | 
|---|
| 3404 | } | 
|---|
| 3405 | else | 
|---|
| 3406 | { | 
|---|
| 3407 | printErr(("NumberOfNames = %d but AddressOfNames = 0x%08x and AddressOfNameOrdinals = 0x%08x, invalid RVA(s)!\n", | 
|---|
| 3408 | ExpDir.AddressOfNames, ExpDir.AddressOfNameOrdinals)); | 
|---|
| 3409 | rc = ERROR_BAD_EXE_FORMAT; | 
|---|
| 3410 | } /* endifelse: 'Names' integrity check */ | 
|---|
| 3411 |  | 
|---|
| 3412 | /* Add last entry. */ | 
|---|
| 3413 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3414 | rc = addLastEntry(); | 
|---|
| 3415 |  | 
|---|
| 3416 | } /* endif: name */ | 
|---|
| 3417 | } | 
|---|
| 3418 | } | 
|---|
| 3419 | else | 
|---|
| 3420 | rc = ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 3421 |  | 
|---|
| 3422 | /* delete readers */ | 
|---|
| 3423 | if (pFATFOTReader != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3424 | delete pFATFOTReader; | 
|---|
| 3425 | if (pFNTReader != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3426 | delete pFNTReader; | 
|---|
| 3427 | if (pNameReader != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3428 | delete pNameReader; | 
|---|
| 3429 |  | 
|---|
| 3430 | /* Release unused memory in export structures */ | 
|---|
| 3431 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3432 | finalizeExports(); | 
|---|
| 3433 |  | 
|---|
| 3434 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 3435 | } | 
|---|
| 3436 |  | 
|---|
| 3437 |  | 
|---|
| 3438 | /** | 
|---|
| 3439 | * Load the NT headers from disk if they're not present. | 
|---|
| 3440 | * Call this function to make sure that pNtHdrs is valid. | 
|---|
| 3441 | * @returns   Error code. (NO_ERROR == success) | 
|---|
| 3442 | * @status    Competely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 3443 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 3444 | * @remark    Minor error: Don't read more datadirectory entries than defined in the header files. | 
|---|
| 3445 | *                         This is not a problem since we'll only use some of the first ones. | 
|---|
| 3446 | */ | 
|---|
| 3447 | ULONG Pe2Lx::loadNtHeaders() | 
|---|
| 3448 | { | 
|---|
| 3449 | APIRET rc; | 
|---|
| 3450 | if (pNtHdrs != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3451 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3452 | pNtHdrs = (PIMAGE_NT_HEADERS)malloc(sizeof(IMAGE_NT_HEADERS)); | 
|---|
| 3453 | if (pNtHdrs == NULL) | 
|---|
| 3454 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 3455 | rc = ReadAt(hFile, offNtHeaders, pNtHdrs, sizeof(IMAGE_NT_HEADERS)); | 
|---|
| 3456 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3457 | { | 
|---|
| 3458 | free(pNtHdrs); | 
|---|
| 3459 | pNtHdrs = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3460 | } | 
|---|
| 3461 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 3462 | } | 
|---|
| 3463 |  | 
|---|
| 3464 |  | 
|---|
| 3465 | /** | 
|---|
| 3466 | * Releases memory used by the pNtHdrs pointer. | 
|---|
| 3467 | * @status    completely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 3468 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 3469 | */ | 
|---|
| 3470 | VOID Pe2Lx::releaseNtHeaders() | 
|---|
| 3471 | { | 
|---|
| 3472 | if (pNtHdrs != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3473 | { | 
|---|
| 3474 | free(pNtHdrs); | 
|---|
| 3475 | pNtHdrs = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3476 | } | 
|---|
| 3477 | } | 
|---|
| 3478 |  | 
|---|
| 3479 |  | 
|---|
| 3480 | /** | 
|---|
| 3481 | * Loads the baserelocations from the PE-file. | 
|---|
| 3482 | * @returns   NO_ERROR on success, appropriate error message. | 
|---|
| 3483 | * @sketch | 
|---|
| 3484 | * @status    completely implemented; untestd. | 
|---|
| 3485 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 3486 | */ | 
|---|
| 3487 | ULONG Pe2Lx::loadBaseRelocations() | 
|---|
| 3488 | { | 
|---|
| 3489 | APIRET rc; | 
|---|
| 3490 | ULONG ulRVA; | 
|---|
| 3491 |  | 
|---|
| 3492 | /* ? */ | 
|---|
| 3493 | rc = loadNtHeaders(); | 
|---|
| 3494 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3495 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 3496 | /* end ? */ | 
|---|
| 3497 |  | 
|---|
| 3498 | ulRVA  = pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BASERELOC].VirtualAddress; | 
|---|
| 3499 | cbBaseRelocs = pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BASERELOC].Size; | 
|---|
| 3500 |  | 
|---|
| 3501 | if (ulRVA > 0UL && cbBaseRelocs > 0UL && ulRVA < ~0UL && cbBaseRelocs < ~0UL) | 
|---|
| 3502 | { | 
|---|
| 3503 | pBaseRelocs = (PIMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION)smalloc((size_t)cbBaseRelocs); | 
|---|
| 3504 | if (pBaseRelocs != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3505 | { | 
|---|
| 3506 | rc = readAtRVA(ulRVA, pBaseRelocs, cbBaseRelocs); | 
|---|
| 3507 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 3508 | { | 
|---|
| 3509 | printErr(("readAtRVA(0x%08x, 0x%08x, 0x%08x) failed with rc = %d\n", | 
|---|
| 3510 | ulRVA, pBaseRelocs, cbBaseRelocs, rc)); | 
|---|
| 3511 | sfree(pBaseRelocs); | 
|---|
| 3512 | pBaseRelocs = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3513 | } | 
|---|
| 3514 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 3515 | else | 
|---|
| 3516 | { | 
|---|
| 3517 | PIMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION pbrCur = pBaseRelocs; | 
|---|
| 3518 | while ((void*)pbrCur < (void*)((unsigned)pBaseRelocs + cbBaseRelocs) | 
|---|
| 3519 | && pbrCur->SizeOfBlock >= 8) | 
|---|
| 3520 | { | 
|---|
| 3521 | if ((unsigned)pbrCur->SizeOfBlock + (unsigned)pbrCur > (unsigned)pBaseRelocs + cbBaseRelocs) | 
|---|
| 3522 | printErr(("Debug-check - Chunk is larger than the base relocation directory. " | 
|---|
| 3523 | "SizeOfBlock=0x%08x, VirtualAddress=0x%08x\n", | 
|---|
| 3524 | pbrCur->SizeOfBlock, pbrCur->VirtualAddress)); | 
|---|
| 3525 | pbrCur = (PIMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION)((unsigned)pbrCur + pbrCur->SizeOfBlock); | 
|---|
| 3526 | } | 
|---|
| 3527 | } | 
|---|
| 3528 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3529 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 3530 | } | 
|---|
| 3531 | else | 
|---|
| 3532 | { | 
|---|
| 3533 | printErr(("rmalloc failed when allocating memory for pBaseReloc, cbSize=0x%x(%d)\n", | 
|---|
| 3534 | cbBaseRelocs, cbBaseRelocs)); | 
|---|
| 3535 | rc = ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 3536 | } | 
|---|
| 3537 | } | 
|---|
| 3538 | else | 
|---|
| 3539 | { | 
|---|
| 3540 | pBaseRelocs = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3541 | cbBaseRelocs = 0; | 
|---|
| 3542 | } | 
|---|
| 3543 |  | 
|---|
| 3544 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3545 | } | 
|---|
| 3546 |  | 
|---|
| 3547 |  | 
|---|
| 3548 | /** | 
|---|
| 3549 | * Initiates the fixup data members of this object. | 
|---|
| 3550 | * Called from makeFixup and initEntry(). | 
|---|
| 3551 | * Checks for forwarder stuff. If forwarders present, the import module and procdure name tables are not | 
|---|
| 3552 | * freed - initEntry have done that. | 
|---|
| 3553 | * @returns   NO_ERROR. | 
|---|
| 3554 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 3555 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 3556 | */ | 
|---|
| 3557 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::initFixups() | 
|---|
| 3558 | { | 
|---|
| 3559 | if (paulFixupPageTable != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3560 | { | 
|---|
| 3561 | free(paulFixupPageTable); | 
|---|
| 3562 | paulFixupPageTable = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3563 | } | 
|---|
| 3564 | cFixupPTEntries = cFPTEAllocated = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 3565 | if (pFixupRecords != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3566 | { | 
|---|
| 3567 | free(pFixupRecords); | 
|---|
| 3568 | pFixupRecords = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3569 | } | 
|---|
| 3570 | offCurFixupRec = cbFRAllocated = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 3571 | if (pvCrossPageFixup != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3572 | { | 
|---|
| 3573 | free(pvCrossPageFixup); | 
|---|
| 3574 | pvCrossPageFixup = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3575 | } | 
|---|
| 3576 | cbCrossPageFixup = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 3577 |  | 
|---|
| 3578 | /* if there aren't forwarders we may safely free the Import Module/Procedure name tables */ | 
|---|
| 3579 | if (!fForwarders) | 
|---|
| 3580 | { | 
|---|
| 3581 | if (pachImpModuleNames != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3582 | { | 
|---|
| 3583 | free(pachImpModuleNames); | 
|---|
| 3584 | pachImpModuleNames = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3585 | } | 
|---|
| 3586 | offCurImpModuleName = cchIMNAllocated = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 3587 | if (pachImpFunctionNames != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3588 | { | 
|---|
| 3589 | free(pachImpFunctionNames); | 
|---|
| 3590 | pachImpFunctionNames = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3591 | } | 
|---|
| 3592 | offCurImpFunctionName = cchIFNAllocated = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 3593 | } | 
|---|
| 3594 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3595 | } | 
|---|
| 3596 |  | 
|---|
| 3597 |  | 
|---|
| 3598 | /** | 
|---|
| 3599 | * Adds a page fixup entry to the fixup page table array (paFixupPageTable). | 
|---|
| 3600 | * @returns   NO_ERROR on success. Errorcode on error. | 
|---|
| 3601 | * @param     fLast  TRUE:  last entry | 
|---|
| 3602 | *                   FALSE: not last (default) | 
|---|
| 3603 | * @sketch    IF not enough memory THEN | 
|---|
| 3604 | *            BEGIN | 
|---|
| 3605 | *                IF no memory allocated THEN count pages and allocate memory for all pages (+1). | 
|---|
| 3606 | *                ELSE increase amount of memory according to fLast. | 
|---|
| 3607 | *            END | 
|---|
| 3608 | * | 
|---|
| 3609 | *            Set offset of current entry to current Fixup Record Array offset. | 
|---|
| 3610 | *            IF last entry (fLast) THEN | 
|---|
| 3611 | *                IF Cross Page Fixup THEN error! | 
|---|
| 3612 | *            ELSE | 
|---|
| 3613 | *                IF Cross Page Fixup THEN check if enough memory and add it. | 
|---|
| 3614 | *            return successfully. | 
|---|
| 3615 | * | 
|---|
| 3616 | * @status    Completely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 3617 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 3618 | * @remark    Fixup Page Table format (from Linear eXecutable Module Format,lxspec.inf, Rev.8): | 
|---|
| 3619 | * | 
|---|
| 3620 | *   The Fixup Page Table provides a simple mapping of a logical page number to an offset | 
|---|
| 3621 | *   into the Fixup Record Table for that page.  This table is parallel to the Object Page | 
|---|
| 3622 | *   Table, except that there is one additional entry in this table to indicate the end of | 
|---|
| 3623 | *   the Fixup Record Table. | 
|---|
| 3624 | *   The format of each entry is: | 
|---|
| 3625 | * | 
|---|
| 3626 | *                     ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 3627 | *    Logical Page #1  ³  OFFSET FOR PAGE #1   ³ | 
|---|
| 3628 | *                     ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄŽ | 
|---|
| 3629 | *    Logical Page #2  ³  OFFSET FOR PAGE #2   ³ | 
|---|
| 3630 | *                     ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ | 
|---|
| 3631 | *                               . . . | 
|---|
| 3632 | *                     ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 3633 | *    Logical Page #n  ³  OFFSET FOR PAGE #n   ³ | 
|---|
| 3634 | *                     ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄŽ | 
|---|
| 3635 | *                     ³OFF TO END OF FIXUP REC³   This is equal to: | 
|---|
| 3636 | *                     ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ   Offset for page #n + Size | 
|---|
| 3637 | *                                                 of fixups for page #n | 
|---|
| 3638 | *   Fixup Page Table | 
|---|
| 3639 | * | 
|---|
| 3640 | *     OFFSET FOR PAGE # = DD  Offset for fixup record for this page. This field specifies | 
|---|
| 3641 | *     the offset, from the beginning of the fixup record table, to the first fixup record | 
|---|
| 3642 | *     for this page. | 
|---|
| 3643 | * | 
|---|
| 3644 | *     OFF TO END OF FIXUP REC = DD  Offset to the end of the fixup records. This field | 
|---|
| 3645 | *     specifies the offset following the last fixup record in the fixup record table. This | 
|---|
| 3646 | *     is the last entry in the fixup page table.  The fixup records are kept in order by | 
|---|
| 3647 | *     logical page in the fixup record table.  This allows the end of each page's fixup | 
|---|
| 3648 | *     records is defined by the offset for the next logical page's fixup records. This last | 
|---|
| 3649 | *     entry provides support of this mechanism for the last page in the fixup page table. | 
|---|
| 3650 | * | 
|---|
| 3651 | */ | 
|---|
| 3652 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::addPageFixupEntry(BOOL fLast/* = FALSE*/) | 
|---|
| 3653 | { | 
|---|
| 3654 | /* enough memory? */ | 
|---|
| 3655 | if (cFixupPTEntries >= cFPTEAllocated) | 
|---|
| 3656 | { | 
|---|
| 3657 | if (cFPTEAllocated == 0UL) | 
|---|
| 3658 | {   /* first call */ | 
|---|
| 3659 | ULONG cPages = getCountOfPages(); | 
|---|
| 3660 | if (cPages == 0UL && !fLast) | 
|---|
| 3661 | return ERROR_INTERNAL_PROCESSING_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3662 |  | 
|---|
| 3663 | paulFixupPageTable = (PULONG)malloc((size_t)(cPages + 1UL) * sizeof(ULONG)); | 
|---|
| 3664 | if (paulFixupPageTable != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3665 | cFPTEAllocated = cPages + 1UL; | 
|---|
| 3666 | else | 
|---|
| 3667 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 3668 | } | 
|---|
| 3669 | else | 
|---|
| 3670 | {   /* hmm - algorithm for determin array size incorrect? */ | 
|---|
| 3671 | printErr(("More fixup pages than calculated!\n")); | 
|---|
| 3672 | return ERROR_BAD_EXE_FORMAT; | 
|---|
| 3673 | } | 
|---|
| 3674 | } | 
|---|
| 3675 |  | 
|---|
| 3676 | /* add new entry */ | 
|---|
| 3677 | paulFixupPageTable[cFixupPTEntries++] = offCurFixupRec; | 
|---|
| 3678 | if (fLast) | 
|---|
| 3679 | {   /* final entry */ | 
|---|
| 3680 | /* Error check */ | 
|---|
| 3681 | if (pvCrossPageFixup != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3682 | { | 
|---|
| 3683 | printErr(("Cross page fixup when fLast is set!\n")); | 
|---|
| 3684 | return ERROR_INTERNAL_PROCESSING_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3685 | } | 
|---|
| 3686 | } | 
|---|
| 3687 | else | 
|---|
| 3688 | {   /* just another entry */ | 
|---|
| 3689 | /* cross page fixup? */ | 
|---|
| 3690 | if (pvCrossPageFixup != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3691 | { | 
|---|
| 3692 | AllocateMoreMemory(offCurFixupRec + cbCrossPageFixup > cbFRAllocated, | 
|---|
| 3693 | pFixupRecords, PVOID, cbFRAllocated, PAGESIZE, PAGESIZE) | 
|---|
| 3694 |  | 
|---|
| 3695 | memcpy(&((PCHAR)pFixupRecords)[offCurFixupRec], | 
|---|
| 3696 | pvCrossPageFixup, cbCrossPageFixup); | 
|---|
| 3697 | offCurFixupRec += cbCrossPageFixup; | 
|---|
| 3698 | free(pvCrossPageFixup); | 
|---|
| 3699 | pvCrossPageFixup = NULL; | 
|---|
| 3700 | } | 
|---|
| 3701 | } | 
|---|
| 3702 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3703 | } | 
|---|
| 3704 |  | 
|---|
| 3705 |  | 
|---|
| 3706 | /** | 
|---|
| 3707 | * Add 32-bit offset fixup. | 
|---|
| 3708 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 3709 | *            ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY | 
|---|
| 3710 | *            ERROR_BAD_EXE_FORMAT | 
|---|
| 3711 | * @param     offSource  Source offset into the current page. | 
|---|
| 3712 | * @param     ulTarget   Target Pointer. | 
|---|
| 3713 | * @sketch    IF not enough memory THEN allocate some more memory. | 
|---|
| 3714 | *            Find target object and offset into target object for the given target address (ulTarget). | 
|---|
| 3715 | *            Fill in fixup record. | 
|---|
| 3716 | *            Increment the size of the fixup records array (offCurFixupRec). | 
|---|
| 3717 | *            IF cross page fixup THEN | 
|---|
| 3718 | *            BEGIN | 
|---|
| 3719 | *                Allocate memory for the cross page fixup record. | 
|---|
| 3720 | *                Copy the fixup record we just created into the memory of the cross page fixup record.. | 
|---|
| 3721 | *                Substract the size of a Page from the source offset (r32_soff) in the cross page fixup record. | 
|---|
| 3722 | *            END | 
|---|
| 3723 | *            End successfully. | 
|---|
| 3724 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 3725 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 3726 | * @remark    Internal Fixup Record format (from Linear eXecutable Module Format,lxspec.inf, Rev.8): | 
|---|
| 3727 | * | 
|---|
| 3728 | *           ÚÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 3729 | *       00h ³ SRC ³FLAGS³SRCOFF/CNT*³ | 
|---|
| 3730 | *           ÃÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 3731 | *   03h/04h ³  OBJECT * ³        TRGOFF * @     ³ | 
|---|
| 3732 | *           ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄŽ | 
|---|
| 3733 | *           ³ SRCOFF1 @ ³   . . .   ³ SRCOFFn @ ³ | 
|---|
| 3734 | *           ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ | 
|---|
| 3735 | * | 
|---|
| 3736 | *           * These fields are variable size. | 
|---|
| 3737 | *           @ These fields are optional. | 
|---|
| 3738 | * | 
|---|
| 3739 | *   Internal Fixup Record | 
|---|
| 3740 | * | 
|---|
| 3741 | *       OBJECT = D[B|W]  Target object number. This field is an index into the current | 
|---|
| 3742 | *       module's Object Table to specify the target Object. It is a Byte value when the | 
|---|
| 3743 | *       '16-bit Object Number/Module Ordinal Flag' bit in the target flags field is | 
|---|
| 3744 | *       clear and a Word value when the bit is set. | 
|---|
| 3745 | * | 
|---|
| 3746 | *       TRGOFF = D[W|D]  Target offset. This field is an offset into the specified target | 
|---|
| 3747 | *       Object. It is not present when the Source Type specifies a 16-bit Selector fixup. | 
|---|
| 3748 | *       It is a Word value when the '32-bit Target Offset Flag' bit in the target flags | 
|---|
| 3749 | *       field is clear and a Dword value when the bit is set. | 
|---|
| 3750 | * --------------------- | 
|---|
| 3751 | * This code got a bit dirty while trying to optimize memory usage. | 
|---|
| 3752 | */ | 
|---|
| 3753 | ULONG Pe2Lx::add32OffsetFixup(WORD offSource, ULONG ulTarget) | 
|---|
| 3754 | { | 
|---|
| 3755 | struct r32_rlc *prlc; | 
|---|
| 3756 | ULONG           iObj;            /* target object. */ | 
|---|
| 3757 | ULONG           cbFixup;         /* size of the fixup record. */ | 
|---|
| 3758 |  | 
|---|
| 3759 | /* enough memory? */ | 
|---|
| 3760 | AllocateMoreMemory(offCurFixupRec + RINTSIZE32 > cbFRAllocated, | 
|---|
| 3761 | pFixupRecords, PVOID, cbFRAllocated, PAGESIZE, PAGESIZE) | 
|---|
| 3762 |  | 
|---|
| 3763 | /* target object and offset */ | 
|---|
| 3764 | if (ulTarget >= ulImageBase) | 
|---|
| 3765 | { | 
|---|
| 3766 | ulTarget -= ulImageBase; /* ulTarget is now an RVA */ | 
|---|
| 3767 | iObj = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 3768 | while (iObj < cObjects | 
|---|
| 3769 | && ulTarget >= (iObj + 1 < cObjects ? paObjects[iObj+1].ulRVA | 
|---|
| 3770 | : ALIGN(paObjects[iObj].cbVirtual, PAGESIZE) + paObjects[iObj].ulRVA) | 
|---|
| 3771 | ) | 
|---|
| 3772 | iObj++; | 
|---|
| 3773 | if (iObj < cObjects) | 
|---|
| 3774 | { | 
|---|
| 3775 | if (!fAllInOneObject) | 
|---|
| 3776 | { | 
|---|
| 3777 | ulTarget -= paObjects[iObj].ulRVA; | 
|---|
| 3778 | iObj++; /* one based object number. */ | 
|---|
| 3779 | } | 
|---|
| 3780 | else | 
|---|
| 3781 | iObj = 1UL; | 
|---|
| 3782 | } | 
|---|
| 3783 | else | 
|---|
| 3784 | { | 
|---|
| 3785 | printErr(("Invalid target RVA, 0x%08x.\n", ulTarget)); | 
|---|
| 3786 | return ERROR_BAD_EXE_FORMAT; | 
|---|
| 3787 | } | 
|---|
| 3788 | } | 
|---|
| 3789 | else | 
|---|
| 3790 | { | 
|---|
| 3791 | printErr(("Invalid target address, 0x%08x.\n", ulTarget)); | 
|---|
| 3792 | return ERROR_BAD_EXE_FORMAT; | 
|---|
| 3793 | } | 
|---|
| 3794 | /* ulTarget is now an offset into the target object. */ | 
|---|
| 3795 |  | 
|---|
| 3796 | /* fill in fixup record */ | 
|---|
| 3797 | cbFixup = 7UL; | 
|---|
| 3798 | prlc = (struct r32_rlc *)((ULONG)pFixupRecords + offCurFixupRec); | 
|---|
| 3799 | prlc->nr_stype = NROFF32; | 
|---|
| 3800 | prlc->nr_flags = NRRINT; | 
|---|
| 3801 | if (iObj > 255UL) | 
|---|
| 3802 | { | 
|---|
| 3803 | prlc->nr_flags |= NR16OBJMOD; | 
|---|
| 3804 | cbFixup++; | 
|---|
| 3805 | } | 
|---|
| 3806 | if (ulTarget > 65535UL) | 
|---|
| 3807 | { | 
|---|
| 3808 | prlc->nr_flags |= NR32BITOFF; | 
|---|
| 3809 | cbFixup += 2; | 
|---|
| 3810 | } | 
|---|
| 3811 |  | 
|---|
| 3812 | prlc->r32_soff = (USHORT)offSource; | 
|---|
| 3813 | prlc->r32_objmod = (USHORT)iObj; | 
|---|
| 3814 | if (prlc->nr_flags & NR16OBJMOD) | 
|---|
| 3815 | prlc->r32_target.intref.offset32 = ulTarget; | 
|---|
| 3816 | else | 
|---|
| 3817 | ((struct r32_rlc*)((ULONG)prlc - 1))->r32_target.intref.offset32 = ulTarget; | 
|---|
| 3818 |  | 
|---|
| 3819 | /* commit fixup */ | 
|---|
| 3820 | offCurFixupRec += cbFixup; | 
|---|
| 3821 |  | 
|---|
| 3822 | /* cross page fixup? */ | 
|---|
| 3823 | if (offSource > PAGESIZE - 4UL) | 
|---|
| 3824 | {   /* cross page fixup! */ | 
|---|
| 3825 | if (pvCrossPageFixup != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3826 | { | 
|---|
| 3827 | printWar(("A cross page fixup allready exists!\n")); | 
|---|
| 3828 | free(pvCrossPageFixup); | 
|---|
| 3829 | } | 
|---|
| 3830 | pvCrossPageFixup = malloc((size_t)cbFixup); | 
|---|
| 3831 | if (pvCrossPageFixup != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3832 | { | 
|---|
| 3833 | memcpy(pvCrossPageFixup, prlc, (size_t)cbFixup); | 
|---|
| 3834 | cbCrossPageFixup = cbFixup; | 
|---|
| 3835 | ((struct r32_rlc *)pvCrossPageFixup)->r32_soff -= (USHORT)PAGESIZE; | 
|---|
| 3836 | } | 
|---|
| 3837 | else | 
|---|
| 3838 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 3839 | } | 
|---|
| 3840 |  | 
|---|
| 3841 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3842 | } | 
|---|
| 3843 |  | 
|---|
| 3844 |  | 
|---|
| 3845 | /** | 
|---|
| 3846 | * Add 32-bit ordinal import fixup. | 
|---|
| 3847 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 3848 | *            ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY | 
|---|
| 3849 | * @param     offSource          Offset of the fixup reltaive to the start of the page. | 
|---|
| 3850 | * @param     ulModuleOrdinal    Module ordinal. Ordinal into the import module name table. (1 based!) | 
|---|
| 3851 | * @param     ulFunctionOrdinal  Function ordinal. Number of the export which is to be imported from | 
|---|
| 3852 | *                               the module given by ulModuleOrdinal. | 
|---|
| 3853 | * @sketch    IF not enough memory for the fixup THEN (try) allocate more memory | 
|---|
| 3854 | *            Fill in fixup record. | 
|---|
| 3855 | *            Increment the size of the fixup records array (offCurFixupRec). | 
|---|
| 3856 | *            IF cross page fixup THEN | 
|---|
| 3857 | *            BEGIN | 
|---|
| 3858 | *                Allocate memory for the cross page fixup record. | 
|---|
| 3859 | *                Copy the fixup record we just created into the memory of the cross page fixup record.. | 
|---|
| 3860 | *                Substract the size of a Page from the source offset (r32_soff) in the cross page fixup record. | 
|---|
| 3861 | *            END | 
|---|
| 3862 | *            End successfully. | 
|---|
| 3863 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 3864 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 3865 | * @remark    Internal Fixup Record format (from Linear eXecutable Module Format,lxspec.inf, Rev.8): | 
|---|
| 3866 | *           ÚÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 3867 | *       00h ³ SRC ³FLAGS³SRCOFF/CNT*³ | 
|---|
| 3868 | *           ÃÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 3869 | *   03h/04h ³ MOD ORD# *³IMPORT ORD*³     ADDITIVE * @      ³ | 
|---|
| 3870 | *           ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ | 
|---|
| 3871 | *           ³ SRCOFF1 @ ³   . . .   ³ SRCOFFn @ ³ | 
|---|
| 3872 | *           ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ | 
|---|
| 3873 | * | 
|---|
| 3874 | *          * These fields are variable size. | 
|---|
| 3875 | *          @ These fields are optional. | 
|---|
| 3876 | * | 
|---|
| 3877 | *   Import by Ordinal Fixup Record | 
|---|
| 3878 | * | 
|---|
| 3879 | *       MOD ORD # = D[B|W]  Ordinal index into the Import Module Name Table. This value | 
|---|
| 3880 | *       is an ordered index in to the Import Module Name Table for the module containing | 
|---|
| 3881 | *       the procedure entry point. It is a Byte value when the '16-bit Object Number/Module | 
|---|
| 3882 | *       Ordinal' Flag bit in the target flags field is clear and a Word value when the bit | 
|---|
| 3883 | *       is set. The loader creates a table of pointers with each pointer in the table | 
|---|
| 3884 | *       corresponds to the modules named in the Import Module Name Table. This value is used | 
|---|
| 3885 | *       by the loader to index into this table created by the loader to locate the referenced module. | 
|---|
| 3886 | * | 
|---|
| 3887 | *       IMPORT ORD = D[B|W|D]  Imported ordinal number. This is the imported procedure's | 
|---|
| 3888 | *       ordinal number. It is a Byte value when the '8-bit Ordinal' bit in the target flags | 
|---|
| 3889 | *       field is set. Otherwise it is a Word value when the '32-bit Target Offset Flag' bit | 
|---|
| 3890 | *       in the target flags field is clear and a Dword value when the bit is set. | 
|---|
| 3891 | * | 
|---|
| 3892 | *       ADDITIVE = D[W|D]  Additive fixup value. This field exists in the fixup record only | 
|---|
| 3893 | *       when the 'Additive Fixup Flag' bit in the target flags field is set.  When the | 
|---|
| 3894 | *       'Additive Fixup Flag' is clear the fixup record does not contain this field and | 
|---|
| 3895 | *       is immediately followed by the next fixup record (or by the source offset list | 
|---|
| 3896 | *       for this fixup record).  This value is added to the address derived from the target | 
|---|
| 3897 | *       entry point. This field is a Word value when the '32-bit Additive Flag' bit in the | 
|---|
| 3898 | *       target flags field is clear and a Dword value when the bit is set. | 
|---|
| 3899 | * | 
|---|
| 3900 | * --------------------- | 
|---|
| 3901 | * This code got a bit dirty while trying to optimize memory usage. | 
|---|
| 3902 | * | 
|---|
| 3903 | */ | 
|---|
| 3904 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 3905 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::add32OrdImportFixup(WORD offSource, ULONG ulModuleOrdinal, ULONG ulFunctionOrdinal, PSZ pszModuleName) | 
|---|
| 3906 | #else | 
|---|
| 3907 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::add32OrdImportFixup(WORD offSource, ULONG ulModuleOrdinal, ULONG ulFunctionOrdinal) | 
|---|
| 3908 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3909 | { | 
|---|
| 3910 | struct r32_rlc *prlc; | 
|---|
| 3911 | ULONG           cbFixup;         /* size of the fixup record. */ | 
|---|
| 3912 |  | 
|---|
| 3913 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 3914 | if(hasCustomDll() && pszModuleName) | 
|---|
| 3915 | { | 
|---|
| 3916 | char  searchstring[256]; | 
|---|
| 3917 | char *found; | 
|---|
| 3918 |  | 
|---|
| 3919 | sprintf(searchstring, "%s.%d ", pszModuleName, ulFunctionOrdinal); | 
|---|
| 3920 | found = strstr(options.pszCustomExports, searchstring); | 
|---|
| 3921 | if(found) { | 
|---|
| 3922 | while(*found != '@') { | 
|---|
| 3923 | found++; | 
|---|
| 3924 | } | 
|---|
| 3925 | ulFunctionOrdinal = atoi(++found); | 
|---|
| 3926 | } | 
|---|
| 3927 | else { | 
|---|
| 3928 | printf("Error: Export %s not found in table.\n\n", searchstring); | 
|---|
| 3929 | return ERROR_MOD_NOT_FOUND; | 
|---|
| 3930 | } | 
|---|
| 3931 | } | 
|---|
| 3932 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3933 |  | 
|---|
| 3934 | /* enough memory? */ | 
|---|
| 3935 | AllocateMoreMemory(offCurFixupRec + 10 > cbFRAllocated /* 10 is max size */, | 
|---|
| 3936 | pFixupRecords, PVOID, cbFRAllocated, PAGESIZE, PAGESIZE) | 
|---|
| 3937 |  | 
|---|
| 3938 | /* fill in fixup record */ | 
|---|
| 3939 | cbFixup = 7UL; | 
|---|
| 3940 | prlc = (struct r32_rlc *)((ULONG)pFixupRecords + offCurFixupRec); | 
|---|
| 3941 | prlc->nr_stype = NROFF32; | 
|---|
| 3942 | prlc->nr_flags = NRRORD; | 
|---|
| 3943 | if (ulModuleOrdinal > 255UL) | 
|---|
| 3944 | { | 
|---|
| 3945 | prlc->nr_flags |= NR16OBJMOD; | 
|---|
| 3946 | cbFixup++; | 
|---|
| 3947 | } | 
|---|
| 3948 | #if 0 /* lxdump.exe (from Hacker's View release 5.66) don't support this. */ | 
|---|
| 3949 | if (ulFunctionOrdinal < 256UL) | 
|---|
| 3950 | { | 
|---|
| 3951 | prlc->nr_flags |= NR8BITORD; | 
|---|
| 3952 | cbFixup--; | 
|---|
| 3953 | } | 
|---|
| 3954 | #endif | 
|---|
| 3955 | else if (ulFunctionOrdinal > 65535UL) | 
|---|
| 3956 | { | 
|---|
| 3957 | prlc->nr_flags |= NR32BITOFF; | 
|---|
| 3958 | cbFixup += 2; | 
|---|
| 3959 | } | 
|---|
| 3960 | prlc->r32_soff = (USHORT)offSource; | 
|---|
| 3961 | prlc->r32_objmod = (USHORT)ulModuleOrdinal; | 
|---|
| 3962 | if (prlc->nr_flags & NR16OBJMOD) | 
|---|
| 3963 | prlc->r32_target.intref.offset32 = ulFunctionOrdinal; | 
|---|
| 3964 | else | 
|---|
| 3965 | ((struct r32_rlc*)((ULONG)prlc - 1))->r32_target.intref.offset32 = ulFunctionOrdinal; | 
|---|
| 3966 |  | 
|---|
| 3967 | /* commit fixup */ | 
|---|
| 3968 | offCurFixupRec += cbFixup; | 
|---|
| 3969 |  | 
|---|
| 3970 | /* cross page fixup? */ | 
|---|
| 3971 | if (offSource > PAGESIZE - 4UL) | 
|---|
| 3972 | {   /* cross page fixup! */ | 
|---|
| 3973 | if (pvCrossPageFixup != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3974 | { | 
|---|
| 3975 | printWar(("A cross page fixup allready exists!\n")); | 
|---|
| 3976 | free(pvCrossPageFixup); | 
|---|
| 3977 | } | 
|---|
| 3978 | pvCrossPageFixup = malloc((size_t)cbFixup); | 
|---|
| 3979 | if (pvCrossPageFixup != NULL) | 
|---|
| 3980 | { | 
|---|
| 3981 | memcpy(pvCrossPageFixup, prlc, (size_t)cbFixup); | 
|---|
| 3982 | cbCrossPageFixup = cbFixup; | 
|---|
| 3983 | ((struct r32_rlc *)pvCrossPageFixup)->r32_soff -= (USHORT)PAGESIZE; | 
|---|
| 3984 | } | 
|---|
| 3985 | else | 
|---|
| 3986 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 3987 | } | 
|---|
| 3988 |  | 
|---|
| 3989 | printInfA(("offset=0x%03x modordinal=%d fnord=%4d cbFixup=%d %s\n", | 
|---|
| 3990 | offSource, ulModuleOrdinal, ulFunctionOrdinal, cbFixup, pvCrossPageFixup ? "crosspage" : "")); | 
|---|
| 3991 |  | 
|---|
| 3992 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 3993 | } | 
|---|
| 3994 |  | 
|---|
| 3995 |  | 
|---|
| 3996 | /** | 
|---|
| 3997 | * | 
|---|
| 3998 | * @returns   NO_ERROR on success. Errorcode on error. | 
|---|
| 3999 | * @param     offSource        Fixup offset relative to page. | 
|---|
| 4000 | * @param     ulModuleOrdinal  Module ordinal in the import module name table (1 based!) | 
|---|
| 4001 | * @param     pszFnName        Pointer to a readonly function name for the imported function. | 
|---|
| 4002 | * @sketch    IF not enough memory for the fixup THEN (try) allocate more memory | 
|---|
| 4003 | *            Add function name to the import procedure name table. | 
|---|
| 4004 | *            Fill in fixup record. | 
|---|
| 4005 | *            Increment the size of the fixup records array (offCurFixupRec). | 
|---|
| 4006 | *            IF cross page fixup THEN | 
|---|
| 4007 | *            BEGIN | 
|---|
| 4008 | *                Allocate memory for the cross page fixup record. | 
|---|
| 4009 | *                Copy the fixup record we just created into the memory of the cross page fixup record.. | 
|---|
| 4010 | *                Substract the size of a Page from the source offset (r32_soff) in the cross page fixup record. | 
|---|
| 4011 | *            END | 
|---|
| 4012 | *            End successfully. | 
|---|
| 4013 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 4014 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 4015 | * @remark    Internal Fixup Record format (from Linear eXecutable Module Format,lxspec.inf, Rev.8): | 
|---|
| 4016 | *           ÚÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 4017 | *       00h ³ SRC ³FLAGS³SRCOFF/CNT*³ | 
|---|
| 4018 | *           ÃÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 4019 | *   03h/04h ³ MOD ORD# *³ PROCEDURE NAME OFFSET*³     ADDITIVE * @      ³ | 
|---|
| 4020 | *           ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ | 
|---|
| 4021 | *           ³ SRCOFF1 @ ³   . . .   ³ SRCOFFn @ ³ | 
|---|
| 4022 | *           ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ | 
|---|
| 4023 | * | 
|---|
| 4024 | *         * These fields are variable size. | 
|---|
| 4025 | *         @ These fields are optional. | 
|---|
| 4026 | * | 
|---|
| 4027 | *   Import by Name Fixup Record | 
|---|
| 4028 | * | 
|---|
| 4029 | *       MOD ORD # = D[B|W]  Ordinal index into the Import Module Name Table. This value is | 
|---|
| 4030 | *       an ordered index in to the Import Module Name Table for the module containing the | 
|---|
| 4031 | *       procedure entry point. It is a Byte value when the '16-bit Object Number/Module Ordinal' | 
|---|
| 4032 | *       Flag bit in the target flags field is clear and a Word value when the bit is set. The | 
|---|
| 4033 | *       loader creates a table of pointers with each pointer in the table corresponds to the | 
|---|
| 4034 | *       modules named in the Import Module Name Table. This value is used by the loader to | 
|---|
| 4035 | *       index into this table created by the loader to locate the referenced module. | 
|---|
| 4036 | * | 
|---|
| 4037 | *       PROCEDURE NAME OFFSET = D[W|D]  Offset into the Import Procedure Name Table. This | 
|---|
| 4038 | *       field is an offset into the Import Procedure Name Table.  It is a Word value when | 
|---|
| 4039 | *       the '32-bit Target Offset Flag' bit in the target flags field is clear and a Dword | 
|---|
| 4040 | *       value when the bit is set. | 
|---|
| 4041 | * | 
|---|
| 4042 | *       ADDITIVE = D[W|D]  Additive fixup value. This field exists in the fixup record only | 
|---|
| 4043 | *       when the 'Additive Fixup Flag' bit in the target flags field is set.  When the | 
|---|
| 4044 | *       'Additive Fixup Flag' is clear the fixup record does not contain this field and is | 
|---|
| 4045 | *       immediately followed by the next fixup record (or by the source offset list for this | 
|---|
| 4046 | *       fixup record).  This value is added to the address derived from the target entry point. | 
|---|
| 4047 | *       This field is a Word value when the '32-bit Additive Flag' bit in the target flags | 
|---|
| 4048 | *       field is clear and a Dword value when the bit is set. | 
|---|
| 4049 | * | 
|---|
| 4050 | * --------------------- | 
|---|
| 4051 | * This code got a bit dirty while trying to optimize memory usage. | 
|---|
| 4052 | * | 
|---|
| 4053 | */ | 
|---|
| 4054 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 4055 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::add32NameImportFixup(WORD offSource, ULONG ulModuleOrdinal, PCSZ pszFnName, PSZ pszModuleName) | 
|---|
| 4056 | #else | 
|---|
| 4057 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::add32NameImportFixup(WORD offSource, ULONG ulModuleOrdinal, PCSZ pszFnName) | 
|---|
| 4058 | #endif | 
|---|
| 4059 | { | 
|---|
| 4060 | APIRET          rc; | 
|---|
| 4061 | struct r32_rlc *prlc; | 
|---|
| 4062 | ULONG           cbFixup;         /* size of the fixup record. */ | 
|---|
| 4063 | ULONG           offFnName; | 
|---|
| 4064 |  | 
|---|
| 4065 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 4066 | if(hasCustomDll()) | 
|---|
| 4067 | { | 
|---|
| 4068 | char  searchstring[256]; | 
|---|
| 4069 | char *found; | 
|---|
| 4070 | int   ordinal; | 
|---|
| 4071 |  | 
|---|
| 4072 | sprintf(searchstring, "%s.%s ", pszModuleName, pszFnName); | 
|---|
| 4073 | found = strstr(options.pszCustomExports, searchstring); | 
|---|
| 4074 | if(found) { | 
|---|
| 4075 | while(*found != '@') { | 
|---|
| 4076 | found++; | 
|---|
| 4077 | } | 
|---|
| 4078 | ordinal = atoi(++found); | 
|---|
| 4079 | return add32OrdImportFixup(offSource, ulModuleOrdinal, ordinal, NULL); | 
|---|
| 4080 | } | 
|---|
| 4081 | else { | 
|---|
| 4082 | printf("Error: Export %s not found in table.\n\n", searchstring); | 
|---|
| 4083 | return ERROR_MOD_NOT_FOUND; | 
|---|
| 4084 | } | 
|---|
| 4085 | } | 
|---|
| 4086 | #endif | 
|---|
| 4087 |  | 
|---|
| 4088 | /* enough memory? */ | 
|---|
| 4089 | AllocateMoreMemory(offCurFixupRec + 10 > cbFRAllocated /* 10 is max size */, | 
|---|
| 4090 | pFixupRecords, PVOID, cbFRAllocated, PAGESIZE, PAGESIZE) | 
|---|
| 4091 |  | 
|---|
| 4092 | rc = addImportFunctionName(pszFnName, (PULONG)SSToDS(&offFnName)); | 
|---|
| 4093 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 4094 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 4095 |  | 
|---|
| 4096 | /* fill in fixup record */ | 
|---|
| 4097 | cbFixup = 7UL; | 
|---|
| 4098 | prlc = (struct r32_rlc *)((ULONG)pFixupRecords + offCurFixupRec); | 
|---|
| 4099 | prlc->nr_stype = NROFF32; | 
|---|
| 4100 | prlc->nr_flags = NRRNAM; | 
|---|
| 4101 | if (ulModuleOrdinal > 255UL) | 
|---|
| 4102 | { | 
|---|
| 4103 | prlc->nr_flags |= NR16OBJMOD; | 
|---|
| 4104 | cbFixup++; | 
|---|
| 4105 | } | 
|---|
| 4106 | #if 0 /* lxdump.exe (from Hacker's View release 5.66) don't support this. */ | 
|---|
| 4107 | if (offFnName < 256UL) | 
|---|
| 4108 | { | 
|---|
| 4109 | prlc->nr_flags |= NR8BITORD; | 
|---|
| 4110 | cbFixup--; | 
|---|
| 4111 | } | 
|---|
| 4112 | #endif | 
|---|
| 4113 | else if (offFnName > 65535UL) | 
|---|
| 4114 | { | 
|---|
| 4115 | prlc->nr_flags |= NR32BITOFF; | 
|---|
| 4116 | cbFixup += 2; | 
|---|
| 4117 | } | 
|---|
| 4118 | prlc->r32_soff = (USHORT)offSource; | 
|---|
| 4119 | prlc->r32_objmod = (USHORT)ulModuleOrdinal; | 
|---|
| 4120 | if (prlc->nr_flags & NR16OBJMOD) | 
|---|
| 4121 | prlc->r32_target.intref.offset32 = offFnName; | 
|---|
| 4122 | else | 
|---|
| 4123 | ((struct r32_rlc*)((ULONG)prlc - 1))->r32_target.intref.offset32 = offFnName; | 
|---|
| 4124 |  | 
|---|
| 4125 | /* commit fixup */ | 
|---|
| 4126 | offCurFixupRec += cbFixup; | 
|---|
| 4127 |  | 
|---|
| 4128 | /* cross page fixup? */ | 
|---|
| 4129 | if (offSource > PAGESIZE - 4UL) | 
|---|
| 4130 | {   /* cross page fixup! */ | 
|---|
| 4131 | if (pvCrossPageFixup != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4132 | { | 
|---|
| 4133 | printWar(("A cross page fixup allready exists!\n")); | 
|---|
| 4134 | free(pvCrossPageFixup); | 
|---|
| 4135 | } | 
|---|
| 4136 | pvCrossPageFixup = malloc((size_t)cbFixup); | 
|---|
| 4137 | if (pvCrossPageFixup != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4138 | { | 
|---|
| 4139 | memcpy(pvCrossPageFixup, prlc, (size_t)cbFixup); | 
|---|
| 4140 | cbCrossPageFixup = cbFixup; | 
|---|
| 4141 | ((struct r32_rlc *)pvCrossPageFixup)->r32_soff -= (USHORT)PAGESIZE; | 
|---|
| 4142 | } | 
|---|
| 4143 | else | 
|---|
| 4144 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 4145 | } | 
|---|
| 4146 |  | 
|---|
| 4147 | printInfA(("offset=0x%03x modordinal=%d fnname=%s cbFixup=%d %s\n", | 
|---|
| 4148 | offSource, ulModuleOrdinal, pszFnName, cbFixup, pvCrossPageFixup ? "crosspage" : "")); | 
|---|
| 4149 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4150 | } | 
|---|
| 4151 |  | 
|---|
| 4152 |  | 
|---|
| 4153 | /** | 
|---|
| 4154 | * Adds a modulename and returns the module ordinal. | 
|---|
| 4155 | * If the module allready exists in the import module table then return the module ordinal only. | 
|---|
| 4156 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 4157 | *            ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER | 
|---|
| 4158 | *            ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY | 
|---|
| 4159 | * @param     pszModuleName     Pointer to readonly string containing the modulename which is to be added. | 
|---|
| 4160 | * @param     pulModuleOrdinal  Pointer to an ULONG which will hold the module ordinal value upon successfull return. | 
|---|
| 4161 | * @sketch    validate input (pulModuleOrdinal) | 
|---|
| 4162 | *            get/make Odin32 modulename (lie-list) | 
|---|
| 4163 | *            IF modulename length > 127 THEN truncate it. | 
|---|
| 4164 | *            IF module allready exists in the import module table THEN return successfully. | 
|---|
| 4165 | *            IF not enough memory for modulename THEN (try) allocate some more. | 
|---|
| 4166 | *            Set length and copy modulename. | 
|---|
| 4167 | *            Update offCurImpModuleName. | 
|---|
| 4168 | *            return successfully. | 
|---|
| 4169 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 4170 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 4171 | * @remark    Module table format (from Linear eXecutable Module Format,lxspec.inf, Rev.8): | 
|---|
| 4172 | *   ÚÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ     ÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 4173 | *   ³ LEN ³    ASCII STRING  . . .      ³ | 
|---|
| 4174 | *   ÀÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ | 
|---|
| 4175 | * | 
|---|
| 4176 | *   LEN = DB  String Length. This defines the length of the string in bytes. | 
|---|
| 4177 | *             The length of each ascii name string is limited to 255 characters. | 
|---|
| 4178 | *   ASCII STRING = DB  ASCII String. This is a variable length string with it's | 
|---|
| 4179 | *             length defined in bytes by the LEN field.  The string is case | 
|---|
| 4180 | *             sensitive and is not null terminated. | 
|---|
| 4181 | * | 
|---|
| 4182 | *   The end of the import module name table is not terminated by a special character, | 
|---|
| 4183 | *   it is followed directly by the import procedure name table. | 
|---|
| 4184 | */ | 
|---|
| 4185 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::addModule(PCSZ pszModuleName, PULONG pulModuleOrdinal) | 
|---|
| 4186 | { | 
|---|
| 4187 | ULONG cchModuleName; | 
|---|
| 4188 | ULONG offModule; | 
|---|
| 4189 |  | 
|---|
| 4190 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 4191 | /* validate input */ | 
|---|
| 4192 | if (pulModuleOrdinal < (PULONG)0x10000UL) | 
|---|
| 4193 | { | 
|---|
| 4194 | printErr(("Invalid (stack?) pointer passed in, 0x%08x\n", pulModuleOrdinal)); | 
|---|
| 4195 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 4196 | } | 
|---|
| 4197 | #endif | 
|---|
| 4198 |  | 
|---|
| 4199 | /* check lie-list - get Odin32 modulename */ | 
|---|
| 4200 | pszModuleName = queryOdin32ModuleName(pszModuleName); | 
|---|
| 4201 |  | 
|---|
| 4202 | /* length check */ | 
|---|
| 4203 | cchModuleName = strlen(pszModuleName); | 
|---|
| 4204 | if (cchModuleName > 255UL) /* we've only got a byte to store the length in... */ | 
|---|
| 4205 | { | 
|---|
| 4206 | printWar(("Modulename truncated! %s\n", pszModuleName)); | 
|---|
| 4207 | cchModuleName = 255; | 
|---|
| 4208 | } | 
|---|
| 4209 |  | 
|---|
| 4210 | /* check if module allready exists in the list and find module ordinal*/ | 
|---|
| 4211 | *pulModuleOrdinal = 1UL; | 
|---|
| 4212 | offModule = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 4213 | while (offModule < offCurImpModuleName) | 
|---|
| 4214 | { | 
|---|
| 4215 | if (strnicmp(&pachImpModuleNames[offModule + 1], pszModuleName, | 
|---|
| 4216 | (int)pachImpModuleNames[offModule]) == 0) /* case insensitive search - correct? */ | 
|---|
| 4217 | { | 
|---|
| 4218 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4219 | } | 
|---|
| 4220 | offModule += 1 + pachImpModuleNames[offModule]; | 
|---|
| 4221 | (*pulModuleOrdinal)++; | 
|---|
| 4222 | } | 
|---|
| 4223 |  | 
|---|
| 4224 | printInf(("Modulename: %s  Ordinal: %d\n", pszModuleName, *pulModuleOrdinal)); | 
|---|
| 4225 |  | 
|---|
| 4226 | /* check if there is enough memory */ | 
|---|
| 4227 | AllocateMoreMemory(offCurImpModuleName + 1 + cchModuleName > cchIMNAllocated, | 
|---|
| 4228 | pachImpModuleNames, PCHAR, cchIMNAllocated, | 
|---|
| 4229 | 1 + cchModuleName, 1 + cchModuleName) | 
|---|
| 4230 |  | 
|---|
| 4231 | /* copy the modulename */ | 
|---|
| 4232 | pachImpModuleNames[offCurImpModuleName] = (CHAR)cchModuleName; | 
|---|
| 4233 | memcpy(&pachImpModuleNames[offCurImpModuleName + 1], pszModuleName, (size_t)cchModuleName); | 
|---|
| 4234 |  | 
|---|
| 4235 | offCurImpModuleName += cchModuleName + 1; | 
|---|
| 4236 |  | 
|---|
| 4237 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4238 | } | 
|---|
| 4239 |  | 
|---|
| 4240 |  | 
|---|
| 4241 | /** | 
|---|
| 4242 | * Adds a procedure name to the Import Procedure Table. | 
|---|
| 4243 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 4244 | *            ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER | 
|---|
| 4245 | *            ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY | 
|---|
| 4246 | * @param     pszFnName   Pointer to readonly procname string. | 
|---|
| 4247 | * @param     poffFnName  Pointer to variable which will hold the proc name offset on return. | 
|---|
| 4248 | * @sketch    Validate pointer parameter poffFnName. | 
|---|
| 4249 | *            Determin function name length. (max length 127) | 
|---|
| 4250 | *            IF not enough memory for the function name THEN (try) allocate more memory | 
|---|
| 4251 | *            Add function name to the import procedure name table. | 
|---|
| 4252 | *            return successfully. | 
|---|
| 4253 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 4254 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 4255 | * @remark    Resident Name Table format (from Linear eXecutable Module Format,lxspec.inf, Rev.8): | 
|---|
| 4256 | * | 
|---|
| 4257 | *   The import procedure name table defines the procedure name strings imported by this module | 
|---|
| 4258 | *   through dynamic link references.  These strings are referenced through the imported | 
|---|
| 4259 | *   relocation fixups.  To determine the length of the import procedure name table add the | 
|---|
| 4260 | *   fixup section size to the fixup page table offset, this computes the offset to the end | 
|---|
| 4261 | *   of the fixup section, then subtract the import procedure name table offset. These values | 
|---|
| 4262 | *   are located in the linear EXE header. The import procedure name table is followed by the | 
|---|
| 4263 | *   data pages section. Since the data pages section is aligned on a 'page size' boundary, | 
|---|
| 4264 | *   padded space may exist between the last import name string and the first page in the | 
|---|
| 4265 | *   data pages section.  If this padded space exists it will be zero filled.  The strings | 
|---|
| 4266 | *   are CASE SENSITIVE and NOT NULL TERMINATED.  Each name table entry has the following | 
|---|
| 4267 | *   format: | 
|---|
| 4268 | * | 
|---|
| 4269 | *          ÚÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ     ÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 4270 | *      00h ³ LEN ³    ASCII STRING  . . .      ³ | 
|---|
| 4271 | *          ÀÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ | 
|---|
| 4272 | * | 
|---|
| 4273 | *   Import Procedure Name Table | 
|---|
| 4274 | * | 
|---|
| 4275 | *      LEN = DB  String Length. This defines the length of the string in bytes. The length | 
|---|
| 4276 | *      of each ascii name string is limited to 255 characters. The high bit in the LEN field | 
|---|
| 4277 | *      (bit 7) is defined as an Overload bit. This bit signifies that additional information | 
|---|
| 4278 | *      is contained in the linear EXE module and will be used in the future for parameter | 
|---|
| 4279 | *      type checking. | 
|---|
| 4280 | * | 
|---|
| 4281 | *      ASCII STRING = DB  ASCII String. This is a variable length string with it's length | 
|---|
| 4282 | *      defined in bytes by the LEN field.  The string is case sensitive and is not null terminated. | 
|---|
| 4283 | * | 
|---|
| 4284 | *   Note: The first entry in the import procedure name table must be a null entry.  That is, | 
|---|
| 4285 | *         the LEN field should be zero followed an empty ASCII STRING (no bytes). | 
|---|
| 4286 | * | 
|---|
| 4287 | * ---- | 
|---|
| 4288 | * | 
|---|
| 4289 | * 255 bytes long when bit 7 is Overload bit?. We'll continue truncating to 127 bytes. | 
|---|
| 4290 | * | 
|---|
| 4291 | */ | 
|---|
| 4292 | ULONG Pe2Lx::addImportFunctionName(PCSZ pszFnName, PULONG poffFnName) | 
|---|
| 4293 | { | 
|---|
| 4294 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 4295 | /* validate parameters */ | 
|---|
| 4296 | if (poffFnName < (PULONG)0x10000UL) | 
|---|
| 4297 | { | 
|---|
| 4298 | printErr(("poffFnName is invalid!, 0x%08x\n", poffFnName)); | 
|---|
| 4299 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 4300 | } | 
|---|
| 4301 | #endif | 
|---|
| 4302 |  | 
|---|
| 4303 | ULONG   cchFnName = strlen(pszFnName); | 
|---|
| 4304 |  | 
|---|
| 4305 | /* max function name length is 127 bytes */ | 
|---|
| 4306 | if (cchFnName > 127) | 
|---|
| 4307 | { | 
|---|
| 4308 | printWar(("function name truncated, %s", pszFnName)); | 
|---|
| 4309 | cchFnName = 127; | 
|---|
| 4310 | } | 
|---|
| 4311 |  | 
|---|
| 4312 | AllocateMoreMemory(offCurImpFunctionName + cchFnName + 1 > cchIFNAllocated, | 
|---|
| 4313 | pachImpFunctionNames, PCHAR, cchIFNAllocated, PAGESIZE, PAGESIZE) | 
|---|
| 4314 |  | 
|---|
| 4315 | /* check if first entry */ | 
|---|
| 4316 | if (offCurImpFunctionName == 0UL) | 
|---|
| 4317 | {   /* add null entry */ | 
|---|
| 4318 | pachImpFunctionNames[offCurImpFunctionName++] = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 4319 | } | 
|---|
| 4320 |  | 
|---|
| 4321 | /* add function name */ | 
|---|
| 4322 | pachImpFunctionNames[offCurImpFunctionName] = (CHAR)cchFnName; | 
|---|
| 4323 | memcpy(&pachImpFunctionNames[offCurImpFunctionName+1], pszFnName, (size_t)cchFnName); | 
|---|
| 4324 | *poffFnName = offCurImpFunctionName; | 
|---|
| 4325 | offCurImpFunctionName += 1 + cchFnName; | 
|---|
| 4326 |  | 
|---|
| 4327 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4328 | } | 
|---|
| 4329 |  | 
|---|
| 4330 |  | 
|---|
| 4331 | /** | 
|---|
| 4332 | * Releases unsused memory from the Fixup data structures. | 
|---|
| 4333 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 4334 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 4335 | */ | 
|---|
| 4336 | VOID Pe2Lx::finalizeFixups() | 
|---|
| 4337 | { | 
|---|
| 4338 | if (paulFixupPageTable != NULL && cFixupPTEntries < cFPTEAllocated) | 
|---|
| 4339 | { | 
|---|
| 4340 | PVOID pv = realloc(paulFixupPageTable, (size_t)cFixupPTEntries * sizeof(ULONG)); | 
|---|
| 4341 | if (pv != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4342 | { | 
|---|
| 4343 | paulFixupPageTable = (PULONG)pv; | 
|---|
| 4344 | cFPTEAllocated = cFixupPTEntries; | 
|---|
| 4345 | } | 
|---|
| 4346 | } | 
|---|
| 4347 |  | 
|---|
| 4348 | if (pFixupRecords != NULL && offCurFixupRec < cbFRAllocated) | 
|---|
| 4349 | { | 
|---|
| 4350 | PVOID pv = realloc(pFixupRecords, offCurFixupRec); | 
|---|
| 4351 | if (pv != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4352 | { | 
|---|
| 4353 | pFixupRecords = pv; | 
|---|
| 4354 | cbFRAllocated = offCurFixupRec; | 
|---|
| 4355 | } | 
|---|
| 4356 | } | 
|---|
| 4357 | } | 
|---|
| 4358 |  | 
|---|
| 4359 |  | 
|---|
| 4360 | /** | 
|---|
| 4361 | * Releases unsused memory from the Import data structures. | 
|---|
| 4362 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 4363 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 4364 | */ | 
|---|
| 4365 | VOID Pe2Lx::finalizeImportNames() | 
|---|
| 4366 | { | 
|---|
| 4367 | if (pachImpModuleNames != NULL && offCurImpModuleName < cchIMNAllocated) | 
|---|
| 4368 | { | 
|---|
| 4369 | PVOID pv = realloc(pachImpModuleNames, offCurImpModuleName); | 
|---|
| 4370 | if (pv != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4371 | { | 
|---|
| 4372 | pachImpModuleNames = (PCHAR)pv; | 
|---|
| 4373 | cchIMNAllocated = offCurImpModuleName; | 
|---|
| 4374 | } | 
|---|
| 4375 | } | 
|---|
| 4376 |  | 
|---|
| 4377 | if (pachImpFunctionNames != NULL && offCurImpFunctionName < cchIFNAllocated) | 
|---|
| 4378 | { | 
|---|
| 4379 | PVOID pv = realloc(pachImpFunctionNames, offCurImpFunctionName); | 
|---|
| 4380 | if (pv != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4381 | { | 
|---|
| 4382 | pachImpFunctionNames = (PCHAR)pv; | 
|---|
| 4383 | cchIFNAllocated = offCurImpFunctionName; | 
|---|
| 4384 | } | 
|---|
| 4385 | } | 
|---|
| 4386 | } | 
|---|
| 4387 |  | 
|---|
| 4388 |  | 
|---|
| 4389 | /** | 
|---|
| 4390 | * Initiates the entry (export) related data members of this object. | 
|---|
| 4391 | * Forwarders are concidered. | 
|---|
| 4392 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 4393 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 4394 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 4395 | */ | 
|---|
| 4396 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::initEntry() | 
|---|
| 4397 | { | 
|---|
| 4398 | APIRET rc; | 
|---|
| 4399 |  | 
|---|
| 4400 | if (pEntryBundles != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4401 | { | 
|---|
| 4402 | free(pEntryBundles); | 
|---|
| 4403 | pEntryBundles = NULL; | 
|---|
| 4404 | } | 
|---|
| 4405 | offCurEntryBundle  = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 4406 | offLastEntryBundle = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 4407 | ulLastOrdinal = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 4408 | cbEBAllocated = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 4409 |  | 
|---|
| 4410 | if (pachResNameTable) | 
|---|
| 4411 | { | 
|---|
| 4412 | free(pachResNameTable); | 
|---|
| 4413 | pachResNameTable = NULL; | 
|---|
| 4414 | } | 
|---|
| 4415 | offCurResName   = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 4416 | cchRNTAllocated = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 4417 |  | 
|---|
| 4418 | /* If this is a second call to makeExports, the fForwarders flag may be set. */ | 
|---|
| 4419 | /* When it's set we'll have to clean up the fixup structures too. */ | 
|---|
| 4420 | if (fForwarders) | 
|---|
| 4421 | { | 
|---|
| 4422 | fForwarders = FALSE; | 
|---|
| 4423 | rc = initFixups(); | 
|---|
| 4424 | fForwarders = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4425 | } | 
|---|
| 4426 | else | 
|---|
| 4427 | rc = NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4428 |  | 
|---|
| 4429 | return  rc; | 
|---|
| 4430 | } | 
|---|
| 4431 |  | 
|---|
| 4432 |  | 
|---|
| 4433 | /** | 
|---|
| 4434 | * Adds a name/ordinal to the resident name table. | 
|---|
| 4435 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 4436 | *            ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY | 
|---|
| 4437 | * @param     ulOrdinal  Ordinal number for this name. | 
|---|
| 4438 | * @param     pszName    Pointer to read only name string. (Don't have to be zero-termitated) | 
|---|
| 4439 | * @param     cchName    Numbers of chars to copy or ~0UL to copy until zero-termintaion. | 
|---|
| 4440 | * @sketch    IF cchName == ~0L THEN get name length. | 
|---|
| 4441 | *            IF name length > 127 THEN truncate name. | 
|---|
| 4442 | *            IF not enough memory THEN (try) allocate more memory. | 
|---|
| 4443 | *            Add name: | 
|---|
| 4444 | *              Set length. | 
|---|
| 4445 | *              Copy name | 
|---|
| 4446 | *              Set ordinal | 
|---|
| 4447 | *              Update offCurResName to point the next (unused) name entry. | 
|---|
| 4448 | *            return successfully. | 
|---|
| 4449 | * @status    completely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 4450 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 4451 | * @remark    Resident Name Table format (from Linear eXecutable Module Format,lxspec.inf, Rev.8): | 
|---|
| 4452 | * | 
|---|
| 4453 | *   The resident and non-resident name tables define the ASCII names and ordinal numbers for | 
|---|
| 4454 | *   exported entries in the module. In addition the first entry in the resident name table | 
|---|
| 4455 | *   contains the module name. These tables are used to translate a procedure name string into | 
|---|
| 4456 | *   an ordinal number by searching for a matching name string. The ordinal number is used to | 
|---|
| 4457 | *   locate the entry point information in the entry table.  The resident name table is kept | 
|---|
| 4458 | *   resident in system memory while the module is loaded.  It is intended to contain the | 
|---|
| 4459 | *   exported entry point names that are frequently dynamicaly linked to by name.  Non-resident | 
|---|
| 4460 | *   names are not kept in memory and are read from the EXE file when a dynamic link reference | 
|---|
| 4461 | *   is made.  Exported entry point names that are infrequently dynamicaly linked to by name or | 
|---|
| 4462 | *   are commonly referenced by ordinal number should be placed in the non-resident name table. | 
|---|
| 4463 | *   The trade off made for references by name is performance vs memory usage. Import references | 
|---|
| 4464 | *   by name require these tables to be searched to obtain the entry point ordinal number. | 
|---|
| 4465 | *   Import references by ordinal number provide the fastest lookup since the search of these | 
|---|
| 4466 | *   tables is not required. | 
|---|
| 4467 | * | 
|---|
| 4468 | *   Installable File Systems, Physical Device Drivers, and Virtual Device Drivers are closed | 
|---|
| 4469 | *   after the file is loaded.  Any refeference to the non-resident name table after this time | 
|---|
| 4470 | *   will fail. The strings are CASE SENSITIVE and are NOT NULL TERMINATED. Each name table entry | 
|---|
| 4471 | *   has the following format: | 
|---|
| 4472 | * | 
|---|
| 4473 | * | 
|---|
| 4474 | *       ÚÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 4475 | *   00h ³ LEN ³    ASCII STRING  . . .      ³ ORDINAL # ³ | 
|---|
| 4476 | *       ÀÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ     ÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ | 
|---|
| 4477 | * | 
|---|
| 4478 | *   Resident or Non-resident Name Table Entry | 
|---|
| 4479 | * | 
|---|
| 4480 | *     LEN = DB  String Length. This defines the length of the string in bytes. A zero length | 
|---|
| 4481 | *     indicates there are no more entries in table. The length of each ascii name string is | 
|---|
| 4482 | *     limited to 255 characters.  The high bit in the LEN field (bit 7) is defined as an Overload | 
|---|
| 4483 | *     bit. This bit signifies that additional information is contained in the linear EXE module | 
|---|
| 4484 | *     and will be used in the future for parameter type checking. | 
|---|
| 4485 | * | 
|---|
| 4486 | *     ASCII STRING = DB  ASCII String. This is a variable length string with it's length defined | 
|---|
| 4487 | *     in bytes by the LEN field.  The string is case case sensitive and is not null terminated. | 
|---|
| 4488 | * | 
|---|
| 4489 | *     ORDINAL # = DW  Ordinal number. The ordinal number in an ordered index into the entry table | 
|---|
| 4490 | *     for this entry point. | 
|---|
| 4491 | * | 
|---|
| 4492 | */ | 
|---|
| 4493 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::addResName(ULONG ulOrdinal, PCSZ pszName, ULONG cchName) | 
|---|
| 4494 | { | 
|---|
| 4495 | /* IF cchName == ~0L THEN get name length. */ | 
|---|
| 4496 | if (cchName == ~0UL) | 
|---|
| 4497 | cchName = strlen(pszName); | 
|---|
| 4498 |  | 
|---|
| 4499 | /* IF name length > 127 THEN truncate name. */ | 
|---|
| 4500 | if (cchName > 127) | 
|---|
| 4501 | { | 
|---|
| 4502 | printWar(("Resident name truncated! %s\n", pszName)); | 
|---|
| 4503 | cchName = 127; | 
|---|
| 4504 | } | 
|---|
| 4505 |  | 
|---|
| 4506 | /* IF not enough memory THEN (try) allocate more memory. */ | 
|---|
| 4507 | AllocateMoreMemory(cchName + 1 + 2 + offCurResName > cchRNTAllocated, | 
|---|
| 4508 | pachResNameTable, PCHAR, cchRNTAllocated, 2048, 1024) | 
|---|
| 4509 |  | 
|---|
| 4510 | /* Add name */ | 
|---|
| 4511 | pachResNameTable[offCurResName] = (CHAR)cchName; | 
|---|
| 4512 | memcpy(&pachResNameTable[offCurResName + 1], pszName, (size_t)cchName); | 
|---|
| 4513 | *(PUSHORT)&pachResNameTable[offCurResName + 1 + cchName] = (USHORT)ulOrdinal; | 
|---|
| 4514 |  | 
|---|
| 4515 | /* Update offCurResName to point the next (unused) name entry. */ | 
|---|
| 4516 | offCurResName += 1 + cchName + 2; | 
|---|
| 4517 |  | 
|---|
| 4518 | printInf(("Resident Name: %.*s ordinal:%d\n", cchName, pszName, ulOrdinal)); | 
|---|
| 4519 |  | 
|---|
| 4520 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4521 | } | 
|---|
| 4522 |  | 
|---|
| 4523 |  | 
|---|
| 4524 | /** | 
|---|
| 4525 | * Adds an entry to the entry table. | 
|---|
| 4526 | * The way this is implemented, it is REQUIRED that the entries are added in strict | 
|---|
| 4527 | * ascending order by ordinal. | 
|---|
| 4528 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 4529 | *            ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY | 
|---|
| 4530 | *            ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER | 
|---|
| 4531 | * @param     ulOrdinal  Ordinal number of the entry point. | 
|---|
| 4532 | * @param     ulRVA      The RVA of the entry point. | 
|---|
| 4533 | * @sketch    Validate input. (ulOrdinal) | 
|---|
| 4534 | *            Find object and offObject corresponding to the entrypoint RVA. | 
|---|
| 4535 | *            IF no enough memory THEN (try) allocate more. | 
|---|
| 4536 | *            LOOP WHILE last ordinal + 1 != new ordinal | 
|---|
| 4537 | *            BEGIN | 
|---|
| 4538 | *                Add unused entry which skips to the new ordinal - 1. | 
|---|
| 4539 | *                Update offCurEntryBundle | 
|---|
| 4540 | *                Set offLastEntryBundle to offLastEntryBundle. | 
|---|
| 4541 | *                IF no enough memory THEN (try) allocate more. | 
|---|
| 4542 | *            END | 
|---|
| 4543 | *            IF offCurEntryBundle == offLastEntryBundle OR last bundle type != 32-bit entry | 
|---|
| 4544 | *               OR last bundle object != this object OR bundle is full THEN | 
|---|
| 4545 | *            BEGIN | 
|---|
| 4546 | *                Add an empty 32-bit bundle. | 
|---|
| 4547 | *                Set offLastEntryBundle to start of new 32-bit bundle. | 
|---|
| 4548 | *                Set offCurEntryBundle to end of of the new 32-bit bundle. | 
|---|
| 4549 | *            END | 
|---|
| 4550 | *            Add Flags (01h) and 32-bit offset. | 
|---|
| 4551 | *            Update offCurEntryBundle. | 
|---|
| 4552 | *            return successfully. | 
|---|
| 4553 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 4554 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 4555 | * @remark    Entry Table format (from Linear eXecutable Module Format,lxspec.inf, Rev.8): | 
|---|
| 4556 | *   The entry table contains object and offset information that is used to resolve fixup | 
|---|
| 4557 | *   references to the entry points within this module. Not all entry points in the entry | 
|---|
| 4558 | *   table will be exported, some entry points will only be used within the module.  An ordinal | 
|---|
| 4559 | *   number is used to index into the entry table.  The entry table entries are numbered | 
|---|
| 4560 | *   starting from one.  The list of entries are compressed into 'bundles', where possible. The | 
|---|
| 4561 | *   entries within each bundle are all the same size. A bundle starts with a count field which | 
|---|
| 4562 | *   indicates the number of entries in the bundle.  The count is followed by a type field which | 
|---|
| 4563 | *   identifies the bundle format.  This provides both a means for saving space as well as a | 
|---|
| 4564 | *   mechanism for extending the bundle types.  The type field allows the definition of 256 | 
|---|
| 4565 | *   bundle types.  The following bundle types will initially be defined: | 
|---|
| 4566 | *      Unused Entry. | 
|---|
| 4567 | *      16-bit Entry. | 
|---|
| 4568 | *      286 Call Gate Entry. | 
|---|
| 4569 | *      32-bit Entry. | 
|---|
| 4570 | *      Forwarder Entry. | 
|---|
| 4571 | * | 
|---|
| 4572 | *   The bundled entry table has the following format: | 
|---|
| 4573 | *          ÚÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 4574 | *      00h ³ CNT ³TYPE ³ BUNDLE INFO . . ³ | 
|---|
| 4575 | *          ÀÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ | 
|---|
| 4576 | * | 
|---|
| 4577 | *   Entry Table | 
|---|
| 4578 | * | 
|---|
| 4579 | *      CNT = DB  Number of entries. This is the number of entries in this bundle.  A zero | 
|---|
| 4580 | *      value for the number of entries identifies the end of the entry table.  There is no | 
|---|
| 4581 | *      further bundle information when the number of entries is zero.  In other words the | 
|---|
| 4582 | *      entry table is terminated by a single zero byte. | 
|---|
| 4583 | * | 
|---|
| 4584 | *      TYPE = DB  Bundle type. This defines the  bundle type  which determines the contents | 
|---|
| 4585 | *      of the BUNDLE INFO.  The follow types are defined: | 
|---|
| 4586 | *                     00h = Unused Entry. | 
|---|
| 4587 | *                     01h = 16-bit Entry. | 
|---|
| 4588 | *                     02h = 286 Call Gate Entry. | 
|---|
| 4589 | *                     03h = 32-bit Entry. | 
|---|
| 4590 | *                     04h = Forwarder Entry. | 
|---|
| 4591 | *                     80h = Parameter Typing Information Present. This bit signifies that | 
|---|
| 4592 | *                           additional information is contained in the linear EXE module | 
|---|
| 4593 | *                           and will be used in the future for parameter type checking. | 
|---|
| 4594 | * | 
|---|
| 4595 | *     The following is the format for each bundle type: | 
|---|
| 4596 | * | 
|---|
| 4597 | *     Unused Entry: | 
|---|
| 4598 | *     ------------ | 
|---|
| 4599 | *                ÚÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 4600 | *            00h ³ CNT ³TYPE ³ | 
|---|
| 4601 | *                ÀÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÙ | 
|---|
| 4602 | * | 
|---|
| 4603 | *           CNT = DB  Number of entries. This is the number of unused entries to skip. | 
|---|
| 4604 | * | 
|---|
| 4605 | *           TYPE = DB  0 (Unused Entry) | 
|---|
| 4606 | * | 
|---|
| 4607 | *     32-bit Entry: | 
|---|
| 4608 | *     ------------ | 
|---|
| 4609 | *                ÚÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 4610 | *            00h ³ CNT ³TYPE ³   OBJECT  ³ | 
|---|
| 4611 | *                ÃÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 4612 | *            04h ³FLAGS³        OFFSET         ³ | 
|---|
| 4613 | *                ÃÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄŽ | 
|---|
| 4614 | *            09h ³ ... ³         . . .         ³ | 
|---|
| 4615 | * | 
|---|
| 4616 | * | 
|---|
| 4617 | *           CNT = DB  Number of entries. This is the number of 32-bit entries in this bundle. | 
|---|
| 4618 | *           The flags and offset value are repeated this number of times. | 
|---|
| 4619 | * | 
|---|
| 4620 | *           TYPE = DB  3 (32-bit Entry) The 32-bit Entry type will only be defined by the | 
|---|
| 4621 | *           linker when the offset in the object can not be specified by a 16-bit offset. | 
|---|
| 4622 | * | 
|---|
| 4623 | *           OBJECT = DW  Object number. This is the object number for the entries in this bundle. | 
|---|
| 4624 | * | 
|---|
| 4625 | *           FLAGS = DB  Entry flags. These are the flags for this entry point.  They  have the | 
|---|
| 4626 | *           following definition. | 
|---|
| 4627 | *                     01h = Exported entry flag. | 
|---|
| 4628 | *                     F8h = Parameter dword count mask. | 
|---|
| 4629 | * | 
|---|
| 4630 | *           OFFSET = DD  Offset in object. This is the offset in the object for the entry point | 
|---|
| 4631 | *           defined at this ordinal number. | 
|---|
| 4632 | * | 
|---|
| 4633 | */ | 
|---|
| 4634 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::addEntry(ULONG ulOrdinal, ULONG ulRVA) | 
|---|
| 4635 | { | 
|---|
| 4636 | APIRET              rc; | 
|---|
| 4637 | ULONG               iObj; | 
|---|
| 4638 | ULONG               offObject; | 
|---|
| 4639 | struct b32_bundle  *pBundle; | 
|---|
| 4640 | struct e32_entry   *pEntry; | 
|---|
| 4641 |  | 
|---|
| 4642 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 4643 | /* Validate input. (ulOrdinal) */ | 
|---|
| 4644 | if (ulOrdinal < ulLastOrdinal + 1UL || ulOrdinal > 65535UL) | 
|---|
| 4645 | { | 
|---|
| 4646 | printErr(("Invalid ordinal. ulOrdinal %d, ulLastOrdinal %d.\n", ulOrdinal, ulLastOrdinal)); | 
|---|
| 4647 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 4648 | } | 
|---|
| 4649 | #endif | 
|---|
| 4650 |  | 
|---|
| 4651 | /* Find object and offObject corresponding to the entrypoint RVA. */ | 
|---|
| 4652 | rc = queryObjectAndOffset(ulRVA, (PULONG)SSToDS(&iObj), (PULONG)SSToDS(&offObject)); | 
|---|
| 4653 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 4654 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 4655 |  | 
|---|
| 4656 | /* IF no enough memory THEN (try) allocate more. */ | 
|---|
| 4657 | AllocateMoreMemory(offCurEntryBundle + 4 + 2 + 5  > cbEBAllocated /* max memory uasage! Should detect more exact memory usage! */, | 
|---|
| 4658 | pEntryBundles, struct b32_bundle *, cbEBAllocated , 512, 256) | 
|---|
| 4659 |  | 
|---|
| 4660 | /* Add unused entry to skip ordinals? */ | 
|---|
| 4661 | while (ulOrdinal > ulLastOrdinal + 1) | 
|---|
| 4662 | { | 
|---|
| 4663 | /* Add unused entry which skips to the new ordinal - 1.*/ | 
|---|
| 4664 | pBundle = (struct b32_bundle *)((ULONG)pEntryBundles + offCurEntryBundle); | 
|---|
| 4665 | pBundle->b32_cnt = (ulOrdinal - ulLastOrdinal - 1) < 0x100 ? | 
|---|
| 4666 | (UCHAR)(ulOrdinal - ulLastOrdinal - 1) : (UCHAR)0xff; | 
|---|
| 4667 | pBundle->b32_type = EMPTY; | 
|---|
| 4668 | ulLastOrdinal += pBundle->b32_cnt; | 
|---|
| 4669 |  | 
|---|
| 4670 | /* Update offCurEntryBundle and offLastEntryBundle */ | 
|---|
| 4671 | offLastEntryBundle = offCurEntryBundle += 2UL; | 
|---|
| 4672 |  | 
|---|
| 4673 | /* IF no enough memory THEN (try) allocate more. */ | 
|---|
| 4674 | AllocateMoreMemory(offCurEntryBundle + 4 + 2 + 5  > cbEBAllocated /* max memory uasage! Should detect more exact memory usage! */, | 
|---|
| 4675 | pEntryBundles, struct b32_bundle *, cbEBAllocated , 512, 256) | 
|---|
| 4676 | } | 
|---|
| 4677 |  | 
|---|
| 4678 | /* new entry32 bundle? */ | 
|---|
| 4679 | pBundle = (struct b32_bundle *)((ULONG)pEntryBundles + offLastEntryBundle); | 
|---|
| 4680 | if (offCurEntryBundle == offLastEntryBundle || pBundle->b32_type != ENTRY32 | 
|---|
| 4681 | || pBundle->b32_obj != iObj || pBundle->b32_cnt == 255) | 
|---|
| 4682 | { | 
|---|
| 4683 | /* Add an empty 32-bit bundle. */ | 
|---|
| 4684 | pBundle = (struct b32_bundle *)((ULONG)pEntryBundles + offCurEntryBundle); | 
|---|
| 4685 | pBundle->b32_cnt  = 0; | 
|---|
| 4686 | pBundle->b32_type = ENTRY32; | 
|---|
| 4687 | pBundle->b32_obj  = (USHORT)iObj; | 
|---|
| 4688 | /* Set offLastEntryBundle to start of new 32-bit bundle. */ | 
|---|
| 4689 | offLastEntryBundle = offCurEntryBundle; | 
|---|
| 4690 | /* Set offCurEntryBundle to end of of the new 32-bit bundle. */ | 
|---|
| 4691 | offCurEntryBundle += sizeof(struct b32_bundle); | 
|---|
| 4692 | } | 
|---|
| 4693 |  | 
|---|
| 4694 | /* Add Flags (01h) and 32-bit offset. */ | 
|---|
| 4695 | pEntry = (struct e32_entry *)((ULONG)pEntryBundles + offCurEntryBundle); | 
|---|
| 4696 | pEntry->e32_flags = E32EXPORT; | 
|---|
| 4697 | pEntry->e32_variant.e32_offset.offset32 = offObject; | 
|---|
| 4698 | pBundle->b32_cnt++; | 
|---|
| 4699 |  | 
|---|
| 4700 | /* Update offCurEntryBundle. */ | 
|---|
| 4701 | offCurEntryBundle += FIXENT32; | 
|---|
| 4702 | ulLastOrdinal = ulOrdinal; | 
|---|
| 4703 |  | 
|---|
| 4704 | printInfA(("Export entry: ulOrdinal=%d  ulRVA=%#5x  iObj=%2d  offObject=%#5x\n", | 
|---|
| 4705 | ulOrdinal, ulRVA, iObj, offObject)); | 
|---|
| 4706 |  | 
|---|
| 4707 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4708 | } | 
|---|
| 4709 |  | 
|---|
| 4710 |  | 
|---|
| 4711 | /** | 
|---|
| 4712 | * Adds a forwarder entry. | 
|---|
| 4713 | * The way this is implemented, it is REQUIRED that the entries are added in strict | 
|---|
| 4714 | * ascending order by ordinal. | 
|---|
| 4715 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 4716 | *            ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY | 
|---|
| 4717 | *            ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER | 
|---|
| 4718 | * @param     ulOrdinal       Entry ordinal number. | 
|---|
| 4719 | * @param     pszDllName      Pointer to string containing the dllname. | 
|---|
| 4720 | * @param     pszFnNameOrOrd  Pointer to string containing either a function or an ordinal. | 
|---|
| 4721 | *                            Note. Have currently not found any example of an ordinal... | 
|---|
| 4722 | *                            That is just an assumption! | 
|---|
| 4723 | * @sketch    Set forwarder flag. | 
|---|
| 4724 | *            Validate input. (ulOrdinal and pointers) | 
|---|
| 4725 | *            IF no enough memory THEN (try) allocate more. | 
|---|
| 4726 | *            IF Function ordinal THEN convert it to an ordinal number. | 
|---|
| 4727 | *            Make sure kernel32 is the first imported module. | 
|---|
| 4728 | *            Add module name. | 
|---|
| 4729 | *            IF not forwarder to ordinal THEN Add name to imported procedure table. | 
|---|
| 4730 | *            IF last ordinal + 1 != new ordinal THEN | 
|---|
| 4731 | *            BEGIN | 
|---|
| 4732 | *                Add unused entry which skips to the new ordinal - 1. | 
|---|
| 4733 | *                Update offCurEntryBundle | 
|---|
| 4734 | *                Set offLastEntryBundle to offLastEntryBundle. | 
|---|
| 4735 | *            END | 
|---|
| 4736 | *            IF offCurEntryBundle == offLastEntryBundle OR last bundle type != forwarder entry | 
|---|
| 4737 | *               OR bundle is full THEN | 
|---|
| 4738 | *            BEGIN | 
|---|
| 4739 | *                Add an empty forwarder bundle. | 
|---|
| 4740 | *                Set offLastEntryBundle to start of the new forwarder bundle. | 
|---|
| 4741 | *                Set offCurEntryBundle to end of of the new forwarder bundle. | 
|---|
| 4742 | *            END | 
|---|
| 4743 | *            Add Flags, module ordinal and name offset/ordinal number. | 
|---|
| 4744 | *            Update offCurEntryBundle. | 
|---|
| 4745 | *            return successfully. | 
|---|
| 4746 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 4747 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 4748 | * @remark    Entry Table format (from Linear eXecutable Module Format,lxspec.inf, Rev.8): | 
|---|
| 4749 | * | 
|---|
| 4750 | *     Forwarder Entry: | 
|---|
| 4751 | *     --------------- | 
|---|
| 4752 | *           ÚÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 4753 | *       00h ³ CNT ³TYPE ³ RESERVED  ³ | 
|---|
| 4754 | *           ÃÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ | 
|---|
| 4755 | *       04h ³FLAGS³ MOD ORD#  ³ OFFSET / ORDNUM       ³ | 
|---|
| 4756 | *           ÃÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄŽ | 
|---|
| 4757 | *       09h ³ ... ³    ...    ³          ...          ³ | 
|---|
| 4758 | * | 
|---|
| 4759 | * | 
|---|
| 4760 | *      CNT = DB  Number of entries. This is the number of forwarder entries in this bundle. | 
|---|
| 4761 | *      The FLAGS, MOD ORD#, and OFFSET/ORDNUM values are repeated this number of times. | 
|---|
| 4762 | * | 
|---|
| 4763 | *      TYPE = DB  4 (Forwarder Entry) | 
|---|
| 4764 | * | 
|---|
| 4765 | *      RESERVED = DW 0 This field is reserved for future use. | 
|---|
| 4766 | * | 
|---|
| 4767 | *      FLAGS = DB  Forwarder flags. These are the flags for this entry point. They have the | 
|---|
| 4768 | *      following definition. | 
|---|
| 4769 | *                01h = Import by ordinal. | 
|---|
| 4770 | *                F7h = Reserved for future use; should be zero. | 
|---|
| 4771 | * | 
|---|
| 4772 | *      MOD ORD# = DW Module Ordinal Number This is the index into the Import Module Name Table | 
|---|
| 4773 | *      for this forwarder. | 
|---|
| 4774 | * | 
|---|
| 4775 | *      OFFSET / ORDNUM = DD Procedure Name Offset or Import Ordinal Number If the FLAGS field | 
|---|
| 4776 | *      indicates import by ordinal, then this field is the ordinal number into the Entry Table | 
|---|
| 4777 | *      of the target module, otherwise this field is the offset into the Procedure Names Table | 
|---|
| 4778 | *      of the (?)target(?) module. | 
|---|
| 4779 | * | 
|---|
| 4780 | *   A Forwarder entry (type = 4) is an entry point whose value is an imported reference.  When a | 
|---|
| 4781 | *   load time fixup occurs whose target is a forwarder, the loader obtains the address imported | 
|---|
| 4782 | *   by the forwarder and uses that imported address to resolve the fixup. | 
|---|
| 4783 | * | 
|---|
| 4784 | *   A forwarder may refer to an entry point in another module which is itself a forwarder, so there | 
|---|
| 4785 | *   can be a chain of forwarders.  The loader will traverse the chain until it finds a non-forwarded | 
|---|
| 4786 | *   entry point which terminates the chain , and use this to resolve the original fixup. Circular | 
|---|
| 4787 | *   chains are detected by the loader and result in a load time error.  A maximum of 1024 | 
|---|
| 4788 | *   forwarders is allowed in a chain; more than this results in a load time error. | 
|---|
| 4789 | * | 
|---|
| 4790 | *   Forwarders are useful for merging and recombining API calls into different sets of libraries, | 
|---|
| 4791 | *   while maintaining compatibility with applications. For example, if one wanted to combine | 
|---|
| 4792 | *   MONCALLS, MOUCALLS, and VIOCALLS into a single libraries, one could provide entry points | 
|---|
| 4793 | *   for the three libraries that are forwarders pointing to the common implementation. | 
|---|
| 4794 | * | 
|---|
| 4795 | * --------------- | 
|---|
| 4796 | * | 
|---|
| 4797 | *  Forwarder makes some minor difficulties concerning function names. | 
|---|
| 4798 | *  We then have to | 
|---|
| 4799 | *    1) Allways convert entries before imports (fixups). | 
|---|
| 4800 | *    2) When forwarders are present makeFixups can't be called without calling makeExports first. | 
|---|
| 4801 | *    3) initEntries will clean up import variables too if fForwarders is set. | 
|---|
| 4802 | */ | 
|---|
| 4803 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::addForwarderEntry(ULONG ulOrdinal, PCSZ pszDllName, PCSZ pszFnNameOrOrd) | 
|---|
| 4804 | { | 
|---|
| 4805 | APIRET              rc; | 
|---|
| 4806 | ULONG               ulFnOrdinal;     /* function ordinal or function offset into import procdure table. | 
|---|
| 4807 | * The high bit is set when it is an ordinal value. (remember to mask it off!) | 
|---|
| 4808 | * The high bit is clear when it is an offset. */ | 
|---|
| 4809 | ULONG               ulModuleOrdinal; /* Module ordinal */ | 
|---|
| 4810 | struct b32_bundle  *pBundle;         /* pointer to current (offLast...) entry bundle. */ | 
|---|
| 4811 | struct e32_entry   *pEntry;          /* pointer to new entry (new entry in the array imediately following the bundle) . */ | 
|---|
| 4812 | PCSZ                psz;             /* temporary string pointer. */ | 
|---|
| 4813 |  | 
|---|
| 4814 | /* Set forwarder flag. */ | 
|---|
| 4815 | fForwarders = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 4816 |  | 
|---|
| 4817 | /* Validate input. (ulOrdinal and pointers) */ | 
|---|
| 4818 | if (ulOrdinal < ulLastOrdinal + 1UL || ulOrdinal > 65535UL) | 
|---|
| 4819 | { | 
|---|
| 4820 | printErr(("Invalid ordinal. ulOrdinal %d, ulLastOrdinal %d.\n", ulOrdinal, ulLastOrdinal)); | 
|---|
| 4821 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 4822 | } | 
|---|
| 4823 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 4824 | if (pszDllName < (PCSZ)0x10000UL || pszFnNameOrOrd < (PCSZ)0x10000UL) | 
|---|
| 4825 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 4826 | #endif | 
|---|
| 4827 |  | 
|---|
| 4828 | /* IF no enough memory THEN (try) allocate more. */ | 
|---|
| 4829 | AllocateMoreMemory(offCurEntryBundle + 4 + 2 + 7  > cbEBAllocated /* max memory uasage! Should detect more exact memory usage! */, | 
|---|
| 4830 | pEntryBundles, struct b32_bundle *, cbEBAllocated , 512, 256) | 
|---|
| 4831 |  | 
|---|
| 4832 | /* IF Function ordinal THEN convert it to an ordinal number. */ | 
|---|
| 4833 | ulFnOrdinal = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 4834 | psz = pszFnNameOrOrd; | 
|---|
| 4835 | while (*psz != '\0' && *psz >= '0' && *psz <= '9') | 
|---|
| 4836 | ulFnOrdinal = (ulFnOrdinal*10) + *psz - '0'; | 
|---|
| 4837 | if (*psz == '\0') | 
|---|
| 4838 | ulFnOrdinal |= 0x80000000UL; /* ordinal flag */ | 
|---|
| 4839 | else | 
|---|
| 4840 | ulFnOrdinal = 0; /* not ordinal! */ | 
|---|
| 4841 |  | 
|---|
| 4842 | /* Make sure kernel32 is the first imported module */ | 
|---|
| 4843 | if (offCurImpModuleName == 0) | 
|---|
| 4844 | { | 
|---|
| 4845 | rc = addModule("KERNEL32.DLL", (PULONG)SSToDS(&ulModuleOrdinal)); | 
|---|
| 4846 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 4847 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 4848 | } | 
|---|
| 4849 |  | 
|---|
| 4850 | /* Add module name. */ | 
|---|
| 4851 | rc = addModule(pszDllName, (PULONG)SSToDS(&ulModuleOrdinal)); | 
|---|
| 4852 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 4853 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 4854 |  | 
|---|
| 4855 | /* IF not forwarder to ordinal THEN Add name to imported procedure table. */ | 
|---|
| 4856 | if (!(ulFnOrdinal & 0x80000000UL)) | 
|---|
| 4857 | { | 
|---|
| 4858 | rc = addImportFunctionName(pszFnNameOrOrd, (PULONG)SSToDS(&ulFnOrdinal)); | 
|---|
| 4859 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 4860 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 4861 | } | 
|---|
| 4862 |  | 
|---|
| 4863 | /* Add unused entry to skip ordinals? */ | 
|---|
| 4864 | while (ulOrdinal > ulLastOrdinal + 1) | 
|---|
| 4865 | { | 
|---|
| 4866 | /* Add unused entry which skips to the new ordinal - 1.*/ | 
|---|
| 4867 | pBundle = (struct b32_bundle *)((ULONG)pEntryBundles + offCurEntryBundle); | 
|---|
| 4868 | pBundle->b32_cnt = (ulOrdinal - ulLastOrdinal - 1) < 0x100 ? | 
|---|
| 4869 | (UCHAR)(ulOrdinal - ulLastOrdinal - 1) : (UCHAR)0xff; | 
|---|
| 4870 | pBundle->b32_type = EMPTY; | 
|---|
| 4871 | ulLastOrdinal += pBundle->b32_cnt; | 
|---|
| 4872 |  | 
|---|
| 4873 | /* Update offCurEntryBundle and offLastEntryBundle */ | 
|---|
| 4874 | offLastEntryBundle = offCurEntryBundle += 2UL; | 
|---|
| 4875 |  | 
|---|
| 4876 | /* IF no enough memory THEN (try) allocate more. */ | 
|---|
| 4877 | AllocateMoreMemory(offCurEntryBundle + 4 + 2 + 7  > cbEBAllocated /* max memory uasage! Should detect more exact memory usage! */, | 
|---|
| 4878 | pEntryBundles, struct b32_bundle *, cbEBAllocated , 512, 256) | 
|---|
| 4879 | } | 
|---|
| 4880 |  | 
|---|
| 4881 | /* new forwarder bundle? */ | 
|---|
| 4882 | pBundle = (struct b32_bundle *)((ULONG)pEntryBundles + offLastEntryBundle); | 
|---|
| 4883 | if (offCurEntryBundle == offLastEntryBundle || pBundle->b32_type != ENTRYFWD | 
|---|
| 4884 | || pBundle->b32_cnt == 255) | 
|---|
| 4885 | { | 
|---|
| 4886 | /* Add an empty 32-bit bundle. */ | 
|---|
| 4887 | pBundle = (struct b32_bundle *)((ULONG)pEntryBundles + offCurEntryBundle); | 
|---|
| 4888 | pBundle->b32_cnt  = 0; | 
|---|
| 4889 | pBundle->b32_type = ENTRYFWD; | 
|---|
| 4890 | pBundle->b32_obj  = 0; | 
|---|
| 4891 | /* Set offLastEntryBundle to start of the new forwarder bundle. */ | 
|---|
| 4892 | offLastEntryBundle = offCurEntryBundle; | 
|---|
| 4893 | /* Set offCurEntryBundle to end of of the new forwarder bundle. */ | 
|---|
| 4894 | offCurEntryBundle += sizeof(struct b32_bundle); | 
|---|
| 4895 | } | 
|---|
| 4896 |  | 
|---|
| 4897 | /* Add Flags, module ordinal and name offset/ordinal number. */ | 
|---|
| 4898 | pEntry = (struct e32_entry *)((ULONG)pEntryBundles + offCurEntryBundle); | 
|---|
| 4899 | pEntry->e32_flags =  (UCHAR)(ulFnOrdinal & 0x80000000UL ? FWD_ORDINAL : 0); | 
|---|
| 4900 | pEntry->e32_variant.e32_fwd.modord = (USHORT)ulModuleOrdinal; | 
|---|
| 4901 | pEntry->e32_variant.e32_fwd.value  = ulFnOrdinal & 0x7fffffffUL; | 
|---|
| 4902 | pBundle->b32_cnt++; | 
|---|
| 4903 |  | 
|---|
| 4904 | /* Update offCurEntryBundle. */ | 
|---|
| 4905 | offCurEntryBundle += FWDENT; | 
|---|
| 4906 | ulLastOrdinal = ulOrdinal; | 
|---|
| 4907 |  | 
|---|
| 4908 | printInfA(("Forwarder Export entry: ulOrdinal=%d   pszDllName=%s  pszFnNameOrOrd=%s\n", | 
|---|
| 4909 | ulOrdinal, pszDllName, pszFnNameOrOrd)); | 
|---|
| 4910 |  | 
|---|
| 4911 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4912 | } | 
|---|
| 4913 |  | 
|---|
| 4914 |  | 
|---|
| 4915 | /** | 
|---|
| 4916 | * Adds the closing entry bundle. | 
|---|
| 4917 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 4918 | *            ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY | 
|---|
| 4919 | * @sketch    IF no enough memory THEN (try) allocate more. | 
|---|
| 4920 | *            fill in final bundle. (cnt=0 only) | 
|---|
| 4921 | *            Update off*. | 
|---|
| 4922 | *            return successfully. | 
|---|
| 4923 | * @status    completely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 4924 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 4925 | * @remark    Should only be called to close a sequence of addEntry and addForwarderEntry calls. | 
|---|
| 4926 | */ | 
|---|
| 4927 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::addLastEntry() | 
|---|
| 4928 | { | 
|---|
| 4929 | struct b32_bundle  *pBundle;         /* pointer to current (offLast...) entry bundle. */ | 
|---|
| 4930 |  | 
|---|
| 4931 | /* IF no enough memory THEN (try) allocate more. */ | 
|---|
| 4932 | /* table is terminated by a single '\0' byte according to the docs. */ | 
|---|
| 4933 | AllocateMoreMemory(offCurEntryBundle + 1  > cbEBAllocated, | 
|---|
| 4934 | pEntryBundles, struct b32_bundle *, cbEBAllocated, 1, 1) | 
|---|
| 4935 |  | 
|---|
| 4936 | /* fill in final bundle (cnt = 0!) */ | 
|---|
| 4937 | pBundle = (struct b32_bundle *)((ULONG)pEntryBundles + offCurEntryBundle); | 
|---|
| 4938 | pBundle->b32_cnt  = 0; | 
|---|
| 4939 |  | 
|---|
| 4940 | /* Update offLastEntryBundle and offLastEntryBundle. */ | 
|---|
| 4941 | offLastEntryBundle = offCurEntryBundle += 1; | 
|---|
| 4942 |  | 
|---|
| 4943 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 4944 | } | 
|---|
| 4945 |  | 
|---|
| 4946 |  | 
|---|
| 4947 | /** | 
|---|
| 4948 | * Releases unsused memory from the Export data structures. | 
|---|
| 4949 | * @status    completely implemented; tested | 
|---|
| 4950 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 4951 | */ | 
|---|
| 4952 | VOID  Pe2Lx::finalizeExports() | 
|---|
| 4953 | { | 
|---|
| 4954 | if (pEntryBundles != NULL && offCurEntryBundle < cbEBAllocated) | 
|---|
| 4955 | { | 
|---|
| 4956 | PVOID pv = realloc(pEntryBundles, offCurEntryBundle); | 
|---|
| 4957 | if (pv != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4958 | { | 
|---|
| 4959 | pEntryBundles = (struct b32_bundle*)pv; | 
|---|
| 4960 | cbEBAllocated = offCurEntryBundle; | 
|---|
| 4961 | } | 
|---|
| 4962 | } | 
|---|
| 4963 |  | 
|---|
| 4964 | if (pachResNameTable != NULL && offCurResName < cchRNTAllocated) | 
|---|
| 4965 | { | 
|---|
| 4966 | PVOID pv = realloc(pachResNameTable, offCurResName); | 
|---|
| 4967 | if (pv != NULL) | 
|---|
| 4968 | { | 
|---|
| 4969 | pachResNameTable = (PCHAR)pv; | 
|---|
| 4970 | cchRNTAllocated = offCurEntryBundle; | 
|---|
| 4971 | } | 
|---|
| 4972 | } | 
|---|
| 4973 | } | 
|---|
| 4974 |  | 
|---|
| 4975 |  | 
|---|
| 4976 | /** | 
|---|
| 4977 | * Gets the number of pages in the virtual lx file. | 
|---|
| 4978 | * @returns   Number of pages. (0UL is a valid return!) | 
|---|
| 4979 | * @status    completely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 4980 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 4981 | * @remark    fAllInOneObject should be established before this function is called! | 
|---|
| 4982 | */ | 
|---|
| 4983 | ULONG Pe2Lx::getCountOfPages() | 
|---|
| 4984 | { | 
|---|
| 4985 | ULONG cPages = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 4986 | ULONG iObj; | 
|---|
| 4987 |  | 
|---|
| 4988 | for (iObj = 0; iObj < cObjects; iObj++) | 
|---|
| 4989 | { | 
|---|
| 4990 | if (fAllInOneObject && iObj + 1 < cObjects) | 
|---|
| 4991 | cPages += ALIGN(paObjects[iObj+1].ulRVA - paObjects[iObj].ulRVA, PAGESIZE) >> PAGESHIFT; | 
|---|
| 4992 | else | 
|---|
| 4993 | cPages += ALIGN(paObjects[iObj].cbVirtual, PAGESIZE) >> PAGESHIFT; | 
|---|
| 4994 | } | 
|---|
| 4995 |  | 
|---|
| 4996 | return cPages; | 
|---|
| 4997 | } | 
|---|
| 4998 |  | 
|---|
| 4999 |  | 
|---|
| 5000 | /** | 
|---|
| 5001 | * Gets the object number (1 based!) and offset into that object. | 
|---|
| 5002 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 5003 | *            ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER | 
|---|
| 5004 | * @param     ulRVA | 
|---|
| 5005 | * @param     pulObject   Pointer to variable which will hold the object number upon return. (1 based) | 
|---|
| 5006 | * @param     poffObject  Pointer to variabel which will hold the object offset upon return. | 
|---|
| 5007 | * @sketch    Validate input pointers. | 
|---|
| 5008 | *            find object. (be aware of fAllInOneObject!) | 
|---|
| 5009 | *            IF object not found THEN return error invalid parameter. | 
|---|
| 5010 | *            Set output parameters. | 
|---|
| 5011 | *            return successfully. | 
|---|
| 5012 | * @status    completely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 5013 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 5014 | * @remark    ulRVA points within a valid (LX term) page area. | 
|---|
| 5015 | */ | 
|---|
| 5016 | ULONG  Pe2Lx::queryObjectAndOffset(ULONG ulRVA, PULONG pulObject, PULONG poffObject) | 
|---|
| 5017 | { | 
|---|
| 5018 | ULONG iObj; | 
|---|
| 5019 |  | 
|---|
| 5020 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 5021 | /* validate passed in pointers. */ | 
|---|
| 5022 | if (pulObject < (PULONG)0x10000UL) | 
|---|
| 5023 | { | 
|---|
| 5024 | printErr(("Invalid parameter pulObject.\n")); | 
|---|
| 5025 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 5026 | } | 
|---|
| 5027 | if (poffObject < (PULONG)0x10000UL) | 
|---|
| 5028 | { | 
|---|
| 5029 | printErr(("Invalid parameter poffObject.\n")); | 
|---|
| 5030 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 5031 | } | 
|---|
| 5032 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5033 |  | 
|---|
| 5034 | /* find object */ | 
|---|
| 5035 | if (!fAllInOneObject) | 
|---|
| 5036 | { | 
|---|
| 5037 | iObj = 0; | 
|---|
| 5038 | while (iObj < cObjects && paObjects[iObj].ulRVA + paObjects[iObj].cbVirtual <= ulRVA) | 
|---|
| 5039 | iObj++; | 
|---|
| 5040 |  | 
|---|
| 5041 | if (iObj >= cObjects || paObjects[iObj].ulRVA > ulRVA) | 
|---|
| 5042 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 5043 | } | 
|---|
| 5044 | else | 
|---|
| 5045 | {   /* one large object! */ | 
|---|
| 5046 | if (cObjects != 0 && ulRVA >= paObjects[0].ulRVA | 
|---|
| 5047 | && ulRVA <= paObjects[cObjects-1].ulRVA + paObjects[cObjects-1].cbVirtual) | 
|---|
| 5048 | iObj = 0; | 
|---|
| 5049 | else | 
|---|
| 5050 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 5051 | } | 
|---|
| 5052 |  | 
|---|
| 5053 | /* set output */ | 
|---|
| 5054 | *poffObject = ulRVA - paObjects[iObj].ulRVA; | 
|---|
| 5055 | *pulObject = iObj + 1; | 
|---|
| 5056 |  | 
|---|
| 5057 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 5058 | } | 
|---|
| 5059 |  | 
|---|
| 5060 |  | 
|---|
| 5061 | /** | 
|---|
| 5062 | * Reads a chunk of data at the spcified RVA. | 
|---|
| 5063 | * @returns   NO_ERROR on success. | 
|---|
| 5064 | *            ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER | 
|---|
| 5065 | *            <Whatever rc ReadAt returns> | 
|---|
| 5066 | * @param     ulRVA     RVA to read from. Within the filesize. | 
|---|
| 5067 | * @param     pvBuffer  Pointer to output buffer. pvBuffer > 64KB | 
|---|
| 5068 | * @param     cbBuffer  Number of bytes to read. 0 < cbBuffer > 256MB | 
|---|
| 5069 | * @status    completely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 5070 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 5071 | */ | 
|---|
| 5072 | ULONG Pe2Lx::readAtRVA(ULONG ulRVA, PVOID pvBuffer, ULONG cbBuffer) | 
|---|
| 5073 | { | 
|---|
| 5074 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 5075 | if (ulRVA == ~0UL || (ULONG)pvBuffer < 0x10000UL || cbBuffer == 0UL || cbBuffer >= 0x10000000UL) | 
|---|
| 5076 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 5077 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5078 |  | 
|---|
| 5079 | ULONG iObj = 0; | 
|---|
| 5080 | while (cbBuffer != 0UL) | 
|---|
| 5081 | { | 
|---|
| 5082 | while (iObj < cObjects | 
|---|
| 5083 | && ulRVA >= (iObj + 1 < cObjects ? paObjects[iObj+1].ulRVA | 
|---|
| 5084 | : paObjects[iObj].ulRVA + ALIGN(paObjects[iObj].cbVirtual, PAGESIZE)) | 
|---|
| 5085 | ) | 
|---|
| 5086 | iObj++; | 
|---|
| 5087 | if (iObj >= cObjects) | 
|---|
| 5088 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 5089 |  | 
|---|
| 5090 | /* ulRVA points at physical or virtual data? */ | 
|---|
| 5091 | if (ulRVA < paObjects[iObj].ulRVA + paObjects[iObj].cbPhysical) | 
|---|
| 5092 | {   /* physical data - read from file */ | 
|---|
| 5093 | APIRET rc; | 
|---|
| 5094 | ULONG  cbToRead = min(paObjects[iObj].ulRVA + paObjects[iObj].cbPhysical - ulRVA, cbBuffer); | 
|---|
| 5095 | rc = ReadAt(hFile, | 
|---|
| 5096 | ulRVA - paObjects[iObj].ulRVA + paObjects[iObj].offPEFile, | 
|---|
| 5097 | pvBuffer, | 
|---|
| 5098 | cbToRead | 
|---|
| 5099 | ); | 
|---|
| 5100 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 5101 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 5102 | ulRVA += cbToRead; | 
|---|
| 5103 | cbBuffer -= cbToRead; | 
|---|
| 5104 | pvBuffer = (void*)((unsigned)pvBuffer + cbToRead); | 
|---|
| 5105 | } | 
|---|
| 5106 | else | 
|---|
| 5107 | {   /* virtual data - memset(,0,) */ | 
|---|
| 5108 | ULONG cbToSet = (iObj + 1 < cObjects ? paObjects[iObj+1].ulRVA | 
|---|
| 5109 | : paObjects[iObj].ulRVA + ALIGN(paObjects[iObj].cbVirtual, PAGESIZE)) | 
|---|
| 5110 | - ulRVA; /* calcs size of virtual data left in this object */ | 
|---|
| 5111 | cbToSet = min(cbToSet, cbBuffer); | 
|---|
| 5112 |  | 
|---|
| 5113 | memset(pvBuffer, 0, (size_t)cbToSet); | 
|---|
| 5114 | ulRVA += cbToSet; | 
|---|
| 5115 | cbBuffer -= cbToSet; | 
|---|
| 5116 | pvBuffer = (void*)((unsigned)pvBuffer + cbToSet); | 
|---|
| 5117 | } | 
|---|
| 5118 | } /* while */ | 
|---|
| 5119 |  | 
|---|
| 5120 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 5121 | } | 
|---|
| 5122 |  | 
|---|
| 5123 |  | 
|---|
| 5124 |  | 
|---|
| 5125 | /** | 
|---|
| 5126 | * Check if the modulename exists in the lielist. If not the passed in modulename is returned. | 
|---|
| 5127 | * @returns   Pointer (readonly) to Odin32 modulename. | 
|---|
| 5128 | * @param     pszWin32ModuleName  Win32 modulename. | 
|---|
| 5129 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 5130 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 5131 | * @remark    static method. | 
|---|
| 5132 | */ | 
|---|
| 5133 | PCSZ Pe2Lx::queryOdin32ModuleName(PCSZ pszWin32ModuleName) | 
|---|
| 5134 | { | 
|---|
| 5135 | int i = 0; | 
|---|
| 5136 |  | 
|---|
| 5137 | #ifndef RING0 | 
|---|
| 5138 | if(hasCustomDll()) { | 
|---|
| 5139 | return pszWin32ModuleName; | 
|---|
| 5140 | } | 
|---|
| 5141 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5142 | while (paLieList[i].pszWin32Name != NULL) | 
|---|
| 5143 | { | 
|---|
| 5144 | if (stricmp(paLieList[i].pszWin32Name, pszWin32ModuleName) == 0) | 
|---|
| 5145 | return paLieList[i].pszOdin32Name; | 
|---|
| 5146 | i++; | 
|---|
| 5147 | } | 
|---|
| 5148 |  | 
|---|
| 5149 | return pszWin32ModuleName; | 
|---|
| 5150 | } | 
|---|
| 5151 |  | 
|---|
| 5152 |  | 
|---|
| 5153 |  | 
|---|
| 5154 | /** | 
|---|
| 5155 | * Initiates the odin32path. | 
|---|
| 5156 | * @returns     Success indicator. | 
|---|
| 5157 | * @sketch      If allready inited ok Then do nothing return TRUE. | 
|---|
| 5158 | * | 
|---|
| 5159 | *              Check if KERNEL32 is loaded using ldrFindModule. | 
|---|
| 5160 | *              If loaded then set path according to the smte_path and return. | 
|---|
| 5161 | * | 
|---|
| 5162 | *              If the path is set to something then return TRUE. (ie. the following method is allready applied.) | 
|---|
| 5163 | * | 
|---|
| 5164 | *              Use odinPath2 to locate the KERNEL32 module in the LIBPATHs. The | 
|---|
| 5165 | *                win32k loaders are temporarily disabled. Path is returned in | 
|---|
| 5166 | *                the ldrpFileNameBuf buffer. | 
|---|
| 5167 | *              If found the Then set path according to ldrpFileNameBuf and return | 
|---|
| 5168 | * | 
|---|
| 5169 | *              Fail returning FALSE. | 
|---|
| 5170 | * @status | 
|---|
| 5171 | * @author      knut st. osmundsen (knut.stange.osmundsen@mynd.no) | 
|---|
| 5172 | * @remark | 
|---|
| 5173 | */ | 
|---|
| 5174 | BOOL Pe2Lx::initOdin32Path() | 
|---|
| 5175 | { | 
|---|
| 5176 | #ifdef RING0 | 
|---|
| 5177 | APIRET rc; | 
|---|
| 5178 | PMTE   pMTE; | 
|---|
| 5179 |  | 
|---|
| 5180 |  | 
|---|
| 5181 | if (sfnKernel32 != NULLHANDLE) | 
|---|
| 5182 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 5183 |  | 
|---|
| 5184 | /* | 
|---|
| 5185 | * Try find it using ldrFindModule. | 
|---|
| 5186 | */ | 
|---|
| 5187 | pMTE = NULL; | 
|---|
| 5188 | rc = ldrFindModule("KERNEL32", 8, CLASS_GLOBAL, (PPMTE)SSToDS(&pMTE)); | 
|---|
| 5189 | if (rc == NO_ERROR && pMTE != NULL && pMTE->mte_swapmte != NULL) | 
|---|
| 5190 | { | 
|---|
| 5191 | /* | 
|---|
| 5192 | * We now take the smte_path. Start at the end and skip the filename, | 
|---|
| 5193 | * and one directory up. We assume a fully qualified path is found in | 
|---|
| 5194 | * smte_path. | 
|---|
| 5195 | */ | 
|---|
| 5196 | if (pMTE->mte_swapmte->smte_path != NULL)//paranoia | 
|---|
| 5197 | { | 
|---|
| 5198 | sfnKernel32 = pMTE->mte_sfn; | 
|---|
| 5199 | return setOdin32Path(pMTE->mte_swapmte->smte_path); | 
|---|
| 5200 | } | 
|---|
| 5201 | } | 
|---|
| 5202 |  | 
|---|
| 5203 |  | 
|---|
| 5204 | /* | 
|---|
| 5205 | * KERNEL32 isn't loaded. We'll only search the paths if | 
|---|
| 5206 | */ | 
|---|
| 5207 | if (pszOdin32Path != NULL) | 
|---|
| 5208 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 5209 |  | 
|---|
| 5210 |  | 
|---|
| 5211 | /* | 
|---|
| 5212 | * Try find it searching the LIBPATHs. | 
|---|
| 5213 | * | 
|---|
| 5214 | * For the time being: | 
|---|
| 5215 | *  We'll use odinPath2 to do this, but we'll have to | 
|---|
| 5216 | *  disable the win32k.sys overloading temporarily. | 
|---|
| 5217 | */ | 
|---|
| 5218 | ldrlv_t lv = {0}; | 
|---|
| 5219 | ULONG   ful = 0; | 
|---|
| 5220 | ULONG   ul; | 
|---|
| 5221 |  | 
|---|
| 5222 | ul = options.fNoLoader; | 
|---|
| 5223 | options.fNoLoader = TRUE; | 
|---|
| 5224 | lv.lv_class = CLASS_GLOBAL; | 
|---|
| 5225 | rc = openPath2("KERNEL32", 8, (ldrlv_t*)SSToDS(&lv), (PULONG)SSToDS(&ful), 3, FALSE); | 
|---|
| 5226 | options.fNoLoader = ul; | 
|---|
| 5227 | if (rc == NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 5228 | { | 
|---|
| 5229 | /* | 
|---|
| 5230 | * Set the odin32path according to the kernel32 path we've found. | 
|---|
| 5231 | * (ldrOpen sets ldrpFileNameBuf to the fully qualified path of | 
|---|
| 5232 | *  the last opended filed, which in this case is kernel32.dll.) | 
|---|
| 5233 | * We'll close the file handle first of course. | 
|---|
| 5234 | */ | 
|---|
| 5235 | rc = setOdin32Path(ldrpFileNameBuf); | 
|---|
| 5236 | ldrClose(lv.lv_sfn); | 
|---|
| 5237 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 5238 | } | 
|---|
| 5239 |  | 
|---|
| 5240 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5241 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 5242 | } | 
|---|
| 5243 |  | 
|---|
| 5244 |  | 
|---|
| 5245 |  | 
|---|
| 5246 | /** | 
|---|
| 5247 | * Sets the Odin32Path to the given fully qualified filename of kernel32. | 
|---|
| 5248 | * @returns     Success indicator. | 
|---|
| 5249 | * @param       psz     Fully qualified filename of kernel32 with path. | 
|---|
| 5250 | * @sketch | 
|---|
| 5251 | * @status | 
|---|
| 5252 | * @author      knut st. osmundsen (knut.stange.osmundsen@mynd.no) | 
|---|
| 5253 | * @remark | 
|---|
| 5254 | */ | 
|---|
| 5255 | BOOL Pe2Lx::setOdin32Path(const char *psz) | 
|---|
| 5256 | { | 
|---|
| 5257 | const char * psz2; | 
|---|
| 5258 |  | 
|---|
| 5259 | /* | 
|---|
| 5260 | * We now take the psz. Start at the end and skip the filename, | 
|---|
| 5261 | * and one directory up. We assume a fully qualified path. | 
|---|
| 5262 | */ | 
|---|
| 5263 | psz2 = psz + strlen(psz) - 1; | 
|---|
| 5264 | while (psz2 > psz && *psz2 != '\\' && *psz2 != '/' && *psz2 != ':') | 
|---|
| 5265 | psz2--; | 
|---|
| 5266 | psz2--; | 
|---|
| 5267 | while (psz2 > psz && *psz2 != '\\' && *psz2 != '/' && *psz2 != ':') | 
|---|
| 5268 | psz2--; | 
|---|
| 5269 | if (psz2 > psz) | 
|---|
| 5270 | { | 
|---|
| 5271 | char *pszPath; | 
|---|
| 5272 | /* | 
|---|
| 5273 | * Free old path (if any) and allocate space for a new path. | 
|---|
| 5274 | * Copy the path including the slash. | 
|---|
| 5275 | * Remember the kernel32 filehandle (to be able to invalidate the path). | 
|---|
| 5276 | */ | 
|---|
| 5277 | if (pszOdin32Path) | 
|---|
| 5278 | rfree((void*)pszOdin32Path); | 
|---|
| 5279 | if (*psz2 == ':') //in case someone installed odin in a root directory. | 
|---|
| 5280 | psz2++; | 
|---|
| 5281 | psz2++;       //include the slash | 
|---|
| 5282 | cchOdin32Path = psz2 - psz; | 
|---|
| 5283 | pszPath = (char*)rmalloc((size_t)cchOdin32Path); | 
|---|
| 5284 | if (pszPath == NULL) return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 5285 | memcpy(pszPath, psz, (size_t)cchOdin32Path); | 
|---|
| 5286 | pszPath[cchOdin32Path] = '\0'; | 
|---|
| 5287 | pszOdin32Path = pszPath; | 
|---|
| 5288 |  | 
|---|
| 5289 | return TRUE; | 
|---|
| 5290 | } | 
|---|
| 5291 |  | 
|---|
| 5292 | return FALSE; | 
|---|
| 5293 | } | 
|---|
| 5294 |  | 
|---|
| 5295 |  | 
|---|
| 5296 |  | 
|---|
| 5297 |  | 
|---|
| 5298 | /** | 
|---|
| 5299 | * Static method which dumps a set of nt headers. | 
|---|
| 5300 | * @param     pNtHdrs  Pointer to nt headers. | 
|---|
| 5301 | * @status    Completed | 
|---|
| 5302 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 5303 | */ | 
|---|
| 5304 | VOID Pe2Lx::dumpNtHeaders(PIMAGE_NT_HEADERS pNtHdrs) | 
|---|
| 5305 | { | 
|---|
| 5306 | if (pNtHdrs >= (PIMAGE_NT_HEADERS)0x10000) | 
|---|
| 5307 | { | 
|---|
| 5308 | int   i; | 
|---|
| 5309 | WORD  w; | 
|---|
| 5310 |  | 
|---|
| 5311 | printInf(("\nPE-headers - File header\n")); | 
|---|
| 5312 | printInf(("Signature               %.2s\n", &pNtHdrs->Signature)); | 
|---|
| 5313 | printInf(("Machine                 0x%08x\n",  pNtHdrs->FileHeader.Machine)); | 
|---|
| 5314 | switch (pNtHdrs->FileHeader.Machine) | 
|---|
| 5315 | { | 
|---|
| 5316 | case IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_UNKNOWN:    printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_UNKNOWN\n")); break; | 
|---|
| 5317 | case IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_I386:       printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_I386\n")); break; | 
|---|
| 5318 | case IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_R3000:      printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_R3000\n")); break; | 
|---|
| 5319 | case IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_R4000:      printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_R4000\n")); break; | 
|---|
| 5320 | case IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_R10000:     printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_R10000\n")); break; | 
|---|
| 5321 | case IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_ALPHA:      printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_ALPHA\n")); break; | 
|---|
| 5322 | case IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_POWERPC:    printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_POWERPC\n")); break; | 
|---|
| 5323 | default: | 
|---|
| 5324 | printInf(("    *unknown*\n")); | 
|---|
| 5325 | } | 
|---|
| 5326 | printInf(("NumberOfSections        %d\n",      pNtHdrs->FileHeader.NumberOfSections)); | 
|---|
| 5327 | printInf(("TimeDataStamp           0x%08x\n",  pNtHdrs->FileHeader.TimeDateStamp)); | 
|---|
| 5328 | printInf(("PointerToSymbolTable    0x%08x\n",  pNtHdrs->FileHeader.PointerToSymbolTable)); | 
|---|
| 5329 | printInf(("NumberOfSymbols         %d\n",      pNtHdrs->FileHeader.NumberOfSymbols)); | 
|---|
| 5330 | printInf(("SizeOfOptionalHeader    %d\n",      pNtHdrs->FileHeader.SizeOfOptionalHeader)); | 
|---|
| 5331 | printInf(("Characteristics         0x%04x\n",  pNtHdrs->FileHeader.Characteristics)); | 
|---|
| 5332 | w = pNtHdrs->FileHeader.Characteristics; | 
|---|
| 5333 | if ((w & IMAGE_FILE_RELOCS_STRIPPED) == IMAGE_FILE_RELOCS_STRIPPED) | 
|---|
| 5334 | printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_RELOCS_STRIPPED\n")); | 
|---|
| 5335 | if ((w & IMAGE_FILE_EXECUTABLE_IMAGE) == IMAGE_FILE_EXECUTABLE_IMAGE) | 
|---|
| 5336 | printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_EXECUTABLE_IMAGE\n")); | 
|---|
| 5337 | if ((w & IMAGE_FILE_LINE_NUMS_STRIPPED) == IMAGE_FILE_LINE_NUMS_STRIPPED) | 
|---|
| 5338 | printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_LINE_NUMS_STRIPPED\n")); | 
|---|
| 5339 | if ((w & IMAGE_FILE_LOCAL_SYMS_STRIPPED) == IMAGE_FILE_LOCAL_SYMS_STRIPPED) | 
|---|
| 5340 | printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_LOCAL_SYMS_STRIPPED\n")); | 
|---|
| 5341 | if ((w & 0x0010) == 0x0010) | 
|---|
| 5342 | printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_AGGRESIVE_WS_TRIM\n")); | 
|---|
| 5343 | if ((w & IMAGE_FILE_BYTES_REVERSED_LO) == IMAGE_FILE_BYTES_REVERSED_LO) | 
|---|
| 5344 | printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_BYTES_REVERSED_LO\n")); | 
|---|
| 5345 | if ((w & IMAGE_FILE_32BIT_MACHINE) == IMAGE_FILE_32BIT_MACHINE) | 
|---|
| 5346 | printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_32BIT_MACHINE\n")); | 
|---|
| 5347 | if ((w & IMAGE_FILE_DEBUG_STRIPPED) == IMAGE_FILE_DEBUG_STRIPPED) | 
|---|
| 5348 | printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_DEBUG_STRIPPED\n")); | 
|---|
| 5349 | if ((w & 0x0400) == 0x0400) | 
|---|
| 5350 | printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_REMOVABLE_RUN_FROM_SWAP\n")); | 
|---|
| 5351 | if ((w & 0x0800) == 0x0800) | 
|---|
| 5352 | printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_NET_RUN_FROM_SWAP\n")); | 
|---|
| 5353 | if ((w & IMAGE_FILE_SYSTEM) == IMAGE_FILE_SYSTEM) | 
|---|
| 5354 | printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_SYSTEM\n")); | 
|---|
| 5355 | if ((w & IMAGE_FILE_DLL) == IMAGE_FILE_DLL) | 
|---|
| 5356 | printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_DLL\n")); | 
|---|
| 5357 | if ((w & 0x4000) == 0x4000) | 
|---|
| 5358 | printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_UP_SYSTEM_ONLY\n")); | 
|---|
| 5359 | if ((w & IMAGE_FILE_BYTES_REVERSED_HI) == IMAGE_FILE_BYTES_REVERSED_HI) | 
|---|
| 5360 | printInf(("    IMAGE_FILE_BYTES_REVERSED_HI\n")); | 
|---|
| 5361 |  | 
|---|
| 5362 | printInf(("\nPE-headers - Optional header\n")); | 
|---|
| 5363 | printInf(("Magic                       0x%04x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.Magic)); | 
|---|
| 5364 | printInf(("MajorLinkerVersion          %d\n",     pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.MajorLinkerVersion)); | 
|---|
| 5365 | printInf(("MinorLinkerVersion          %d\n",     pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.MajorLinkerVersion)); | 
|---|
| 5366 | printInf(("SizeOfCode                  0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfCode)); | 
|---|
| 5367 | printInf(("SizeOfInitializedData       0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfInitializedData)); | 
|---|
| 5368 | printInf(("SizeOfUninitializedData     0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfUninitializedData)); | 
|---|
| 5369 | printInf(("AddressOfEntryPoint         0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.AddressOfEntryPoint)); | 
|---|
| 5370 | printInf(("BaseOfCode                  0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.BaseOfCode)); | 
|---|
| 5371 | printInf(("BaseOfData                  0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.BaseOfData)); | 
|---|
| 5372 | printInf(("ImageBase                   0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.ImageBase)); | 
|---|
| 5373 | printInf(("SectionAlignment            0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SectionAlignment)); | 
|---|
| 5374 | printInf(("FileAlignment               0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.FileAlignment)); | 
|---|
| 5375 | printInf(("MajorOperatingSystemVersion %d\n",     pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.MajorOperatingSystemVersion)); | 
|---|
| 5376 | printInf(("MinorOperatingSystemVersion %d\n",     pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.MinorOperatingSystemVersion)); | 
|---|
| 5377 | printInf(("MajorImageVersion           %d\n",     pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.MajorImageVersion)); | 
|---|
| 5378 | printInf(("MinorImageVersion           %d\n",     pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.MinorImageVersion)); | 
|---|
| 5379 | printInf(("MajorSubsystemVersion       %d\n",     pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.MajorSubsystemVersion)); | 
|---|
| 5380 | printInf(("MinorSubsystemVersion       %d\n",     pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.MinorSubsystemVersion)); | 
|---|
| 5381 | printInf(("Win32VersionValue           0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.Reserved1)); | 
|---|
| 5382 | printInf(("SizeOfImage                 0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfImage)); | 
|---|
| 5383 | printInf(("SizeOfHeaders               0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfHeaders)); | 
|---|
| 5384 | printInf(("CheckSum                    0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.CheckSum)); | 
|---|
| 5385 | printInf(("Subsystem                   0x%04x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.Subsystem)); | 
|---|
| 5386 |  | 
|---|
| 5387 | switch(pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.Subsystem) | 
|---|
| 5388 | { | 
|---|
| 5389 | case IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_UNKNOWN:       printInf(("    IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_UNKNOWN\n")); break; | 
|---|
| 5390 | case IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_NATIVE:        printInf(("    IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_NATIVE\n")); break; | 
|---|
| 5391 | case IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_GUI:   printInf(("    IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_GUI\n")); break; | 
|---|
| 5392 | case IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_CUI:   printInf(("    IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_CUI\n")); break; | 
|---|
| 5393 | case IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_OS2_CUI:       printInf(("    IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_OS2_CUI\n")); break; | 
|---|
| 5394 | case IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_POSIX_CUI:     printInf(("    IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_POSIX_CUI\n")); break; | 
|---|
| 5395 | case 8:                             printInf(("    IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_NATIVE_WINDOWS\n")); break; | 
|---|
| 5396 | case 9:                             printInf(("    IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_CE_GUI\n")); break; | 
|---|
| 5397 | default: | 
|---|
| 5398 | printInf(("    *unknown*")); | 
|---|
| 5399 | } | 
|---|
| 5400 | printInf(("DllCharacteristics          0x%04x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.DllCharacteristics)); | 
|---|
| 5401 | printInf(("SizeOfStackReserve          0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfStackReserve)); | 
|---|
| 5402 | printInf(("SizeOfStackCommit           0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfStackCommit)); | 
|---|
| 5403 | printInf(("SizeOfHeapReserve           0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfHeapReserve)); | 
|---|
| 5404 | printInf(("SizeOfHeapCommit            0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.SizeOfHeapCommit)); | 
|---|
| 5405 | printInf(("LoaderFlags                 0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.LoaderFlags)); | 
|---|
| 5406 | printInf(("NumberOfRvaAndSizes         0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.NumberOfRvaAndSizes)); | 
|---|
| 5407 |  | 
|---|
| 5408 | printInf(("\nPE-Headers - DataDirectory\n")); | 
|---|
| 5409 | for (i = 0; i < IMAGE_NUMBEROF_DIRECTORY_ENTRIES; i++) | 
|---|
| 5410 | { | 
|---|
| 5411 | char *pszName; | 
|---|
| 5412 |  | 
|---|
| 5413 | switch (i) | 
|---|
| 5414 | { | 
|---|
| 5415 | case IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_EXPORT:      pszName = "Export Directory (IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_EXPORT)"; break; | 
|---|
| 5416 | case IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_IMPORT:      pszName = "Import Directory (IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_IMPORT)"; break; | 
|---|
| 5417 | case IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_RESOURCE:    pszName = "Resource Directory (IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_RESOURCE)"; break; | 
|---|
| 5418 | case IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_EXCEPTION:   pszName = "Exception Directory (IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_EXCEPTION)"; break; | 
|---|
| 5419 | case IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_SECURITY:    pszName = "Security Directory (IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_SECURITY)"; break; | 
|---|
| 5420 | case IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BASERELOC:   pszName = "Base Relocation Table (IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BASERELOC)"; break; | 
|---|
| 5421 | case IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_DEBUG:       pszName = "Debug Directory (IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_DEBUG)"; break; | 
|---|
| 5422 | case IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_COPYRIGHT:   pszName = "Description String (IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_COPYRIGHT)"; break; | 
|---|
| 5423 | case IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_GLOBALPTR:   pszName = "Machine Value (MIPS GP) (IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_GLOBALPTR)"; break; | 
|---|
| 5424 | case IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_TLS:         pszName = "TLS Directory (IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_TLS)"; break; | 
|---|
| 5425 | case IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_LOAD_CONFIG: pszName = "Load Configuration Directory (IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_LOAD_CONFIG)"; break; | 
|---|
| 5426 | case IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BOUND_IMPORT:pszName = "Bound Import Directory in headers (IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BOUND_IMPORT)"; break; | 
|---|
| 5427 | case IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_IAT:         pszName = "Import Address Table (IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_IAT)"; break; | 
|---|
| 5428 | default: | 
|---|
| 5429 | pszName = "unknown"; | 
|---|
| 5430 | } | 
|---|
| 5431 |  | 
|---|
| 5432 | printInf(("%2d %s\n", i, pszName)); | 
|---|
| 5433 | printInf(("    Address    0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[i].VirtualAddress)); | 
|---|
| 5434 | printInf(("    Size       0x%08x\n", pNtHdrs->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[i].Size)); | 
|---|
| 5435 | } | 
|---|
| 5436 | } | 
|---|
| 5437 | } | 
|---|
| 5438 |  | 
|---|
| 5439 |  | 
|---|
| 5440 | /** | 
|---|
| 5441 | * Static method which dumps a section header. | 
|---|
| 5442 | * @param     pSection  Pointer to a section header. | 
|---|
| 5443 | * @status    paritally implemented. | 
|---|
| 5444 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 5445 | * @remark    Missing flags symbols! | 
|---|
| 5446 | */ | 
|---|
| 5447 | VOID Pe2Lx::dumpSectionHeader(PIMAGE_SECTION_HEADER pSection) | 
|---|
| 5448 | { | 
|---|
| 5449 | if (pSection >= (PIMAGE_SECTION_HEADER)0x10000) | 
|---|
| 5450 | { | 
|---|
| 5451 | printInf(("\nSection Name:        %.8s\n", pSection->Name)); | 
|---|
| 5452 | printInf(("Raw data size:       0x%08x\n", pSection->SizeOfRawData)); | 
|---|
| 5453 | printInf(("Virtual Address:     0x%08x\n", pSection->VirtualAddress)); | 
|---|
| 5454 | printInf(("Virtual Size:        0x%08x\n", pSection->Misc.VirtualSize)); | 
|---|
| 5455 | printInf(("Pointer to raw data: 0x%08x\n", pSection->PointerToRawData)); | 
|---|
| 5456 | printInf(("Section flags:       0x%08x\n", pSection->Characteristics)); | 
|---|
| 5457 | /* FIXME! display flags! */ | 
|---|
| 5458 | } | 
|---|
| 5459 | else | 
|---|
| 5460 | printInf(("dumpSectionHeader - invalid pointer specified! pSection=%#8x\n", pSection)); | 
|---|
| 5461 | } | 
|---|
| 5462 |  | 
|---|
| 5463 |  | 
|---|
| 5464 | /** | 
|---|
| 5465 | * Constructor. | 
|---|
| 5466 | * @param     hFile      Filehandle. | 
|---|
| 5467 | * @param     cObjects   Count of objects in the object array pointed to by paObjects. | 
|---|
| 5468 | * @param     paObjects  Read-only pointer to object array. | 
|---|
| 5469 | * @status    completely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 5470 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 5471 | */ | 
|---|
| 5472 | BufferedRVARead::BufferedRVARead(SFN hFile, ULONG cObjects, PCLXOBJECT paObjects) | 
|---|
| 5473 | : hFile(hFile), cObjects(cObjects), paObjects(paObjects), ulRVA(~0UL) | 
|---|
| 5474 | { | 
|---|
| 5475 | } | 
|---|
| 5476 |  | 
|---|
| 5477 | #if 0 /* made inline! */ | 
|---|
| 5478 | /** | 
|---|
| 5479 | * Reads a chunk of data at the spcified RVA. | 
|---|
| 5480 | * @returns   NO_ERROR on success. | 
|---|
| 5481 | *            ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER | 
|---|
| 5482 | *            <Whatever rc ReadAt returns> | 
|---|
| 5483 | * @param     ulRVA     RVA to read from. Within the filesize. | 
|---|
| 5484 | * @param     pvBuffer  Pointer to output buffer. pvBuffer > 64KB | 
|---|
| 5485 | * @param     cbBuffer  Number of bytes to read. 0 < cbBuffer > 256MB | 
|---|
| 5486 | * @status    completely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 5487 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 5488 | */ | 
|---|
| 5489 | ULONG BufferedRVARead::readAtRVA(ULONG ulRVA, PVOID pvBuffer, ULONG cbBuffer) | 
|---|
| 5490 | { | 
|---|
| 5491 | /* | 
|---|
| 5492 | * five cases: | 
|---|
| 5493 | *  1) entire area is within the buffer. | 
|---|
| 5494 | *  2) start of area is within the buffer. | 
|---|
| 5495 | *  3) end of area is within the buffer. | 
|---|
| 5496 | *  4) the area is larger than the buffer, covering it. | 
|---|
| 5497 | *  5) the area is outside the buffer. | 
|---|
| 5498 | * | 
|---|
| 5499 | * these are optimal: 1, 2, and 5. | 
|---|
| 5500 | * The request is allways process from start to end. This will make case 3 and 4 less effecient. | 
|---|
| 5501 | */ | 
|---|
| 5502 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 5503 | if (ulRVA == ~0UL || (ULONG)pvBuffer < 0x10000UL || cbBuffer == 0UL || cbBuffer >= 0x10000000UL) | 
|---|
| 5504 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 5505 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5506 |  | 
|---|
| 5507 | do | 
|---|
| 5508 | { | 
|---|
| 5509 | if (ulRVA >= this->ulRVA && ulRVA < this->ulRVA + sizeof(achBuffer)) | 
|---|
| 5510 | {   /* in buffer */ | 
|---|
| 5511 | register ULONG cbRead = sizeof(achBuffer) - (ulRVA - this->ulRVA); | 
|---|
| 5512 | cbRead = min(cbRead, cbBuffer); | 
|---|
| 5513 | memcpy(pvBuffer, &achBuffer[ulRVA - this->ulRVA], (size_t)cbRead); | 
|---|
| 5514 | if (cbBuffer == cbRead) | 
|---|
| 5515 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 5516 | cbBuffer -= cbRead; | 
|---|
| 5517 | pvBuffer = (PVOID)((ULONG)pvBuffer + cbRead); | 
|---|
| 5518 | ulRVA += cbRead; | 
|---|
| 5519 | } | 
|---|
| 5520 | else | 
|---|
| 5521 | {   /* not in buffer, then read it into the buffer! */ | 
|---|
| 5522 | APIRET rc = readToBuffer(ulRVA); | 
|---|
| 5523 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 5524 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 5525 | } | 
|---|
| 5526 | } while (cbBuffer != 0UL); | 
|---|
| 5527 |  | 
|---|
| 5528 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 5529 | } | 
|---|
| 5530 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5531 |  | 
|---|
| 5532 |  | 
|---|
| 5533 | /** | 
|---|
| 5534 | * Reads a zero string into a heap block and returns it to the caller (thru ppsz). | 
|---|
| 5535 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 5536 | *            ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER | 
|---|
| 5537 | *            ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY | 
|---|
| 5538 | *            Return code from ReadAt. | 
|---|
| 5539 | * @param     ulRVA  RVA which the string is to be read from. | 
|---|
| 5540 | * @param     ppsz   Pointer to a stringpointer. Output: This will hold pointer to a heapblock with the string. | 
|---|
| 5541 | * @status    completely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 5542 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 5543 | */ | 
|---|
| 5544 | ULONG BufferedRVARead::dupString(ULONG ulRVA, PSZ *ppsz) | 
|---|
| 5545 | { | 
|---|
| 5546 | #ifdef DEBUG | 
|---|
| 5547 | if (ulRVA == ~0UL || ppsz == NULL) | 
|---|
| 5548 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 5549 | #endif | 
|---|
| 5550 |  | 
|---|
| 5551 | if (ppsz < (PSZ*)0x10000UL) | 
|---|
| 5552 | { | 
|---|
| 5553 | printErr(("Call to dupString with a unconverted stack pointer!.\n")); | 
|---|
| 5554 | ppsz = (PSZ*)SSToDS(ppsz); | 
|---|
| 5555 | } | 
|---|
| 5556 |  | 
|---|
| 5557 | *ppsz = NULL; | 
|---|
| 5558 | ULONG cchAllocated = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 5559 | ULONG offCurrent = 0UL; | 
|---|
| 5560 | while (TRUE) | 
|---|
| 5561 | { | 
|---|
| 5562 | if (ulRVA >= this->ulRVA && ulRVA < this->ulRVA + sizeof(achBuffer)) | 
|---|
| 5563 | {   /* in buffer */ | 
|---|
| 5564 | ULONG cchAlloc; | 
|---|
| 5565 | PCHAR pch = (PCHAR)memchr(&achBuffer[ulRVA - this->ulRVA], '\0', | 
|---|
| 5566 | sizeof(achBuffer) - (size_t)(ulRVA - this->ulRVA)); | 
|---|
| 5567 |  | 
|---|
| 5568 | /* amout of memory to allocate */ | 
|---|
| 5569 | if (pch != NULL) | 
|---|
| 5570 | cchAlloc = (ULONG)pch - (ULONG)&achBuffer[ulRVA - this->ulRVA] + 1; | 
|---|
| 5571 | else | 
|---|
| 5572 | cchAlloc = sizeof(achBuffer) - (ulRVA - this->ulRVA) + 42; /* 42 - think of a number... */ | 
|---|
| 5573 |  | 
|---|
| 5574 | /* allocate (more) memory */ | 
|---|
| 5575 | if (*ppsz == NULL) | 
|---|
| 5576 | *ppsz = (PSZ)malloc((size_t)cchAlloc); | 
|---|
| 5577 | else | 
|---|
| 5578 | { | 
|---|
| 5579 | PVOID pv = realloc(*ppsz, (size_t)(cchAlloc + cchAllocated)); | 
|---|
| 5580 | if (pv == NULL) | 
|---|
| 5581 | { | 
|---|
| 5582 | free(*ppsz); | 
|---|
| 5583 | *ppsz = NULL; | 
|---|
| 5584 | return ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY; | 
|---|
| 5585 | } | 
|---|
| 5586 | *ppsz = (PSZ)pv; | 
|---|
| 5587 | } | 
|---|
| 5588 | cchAllocated += cchAlloc; | 
|---|
| 5589 |  | 
|---|
| 5590 | /* copy string data */ | 
|---|
| 5591 | if (pch != NULL) | 
|---|
| 5592 | {   /* final part of the string. */ | 
|---|
| 5593 | strcpy(&(*ppsz)[offCurrent], &achBuffer[ulRVA - this->ulRVA]); | 
|---|
| 5594 | break; | 
|---|
| 5595 | } | 
|---|
| 5596 | /* more to come */ | 
|---|
| 5597 | memcpy(&(*ppsz)[offCurrent], &achBuffer[ulRVA - this->ulRVA], sizeof(achBuffer) - (size_t)(ulRVA - this->ulRVA)); | 
|---|
| 5598 | offCurrent += sizeof(achBuffer) - (ulRVA - this->ulRVA); | 
|---|
| 5599 | ulRVA = ALIGN(ulRVA+1, sizeof(achBuffer)); | 
|---|
| 5600 | } | 
|---|
| 5601 | else | 
|---|
| 5602 | {   /* not in buffer, then read it into the buffer! */ | 
|---|
| 5603 | APIRET rc = readToBuffer(ulRVA); | 
|---|
| 5604 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 5605 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 5606 | } | 
|---|
| 5607 | } | 
|---|
| 5608 |  | 
|---|
| 5609 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 5610 | } | 
|---|
| 5611 |  | 
|---|
| 5612 |  | 
|---|
| 5613 | /** | 
|---|
| 5614 | * Assignment operator. | 
|---|
| 5615 | * @returns   Reference to this BufferedRVARead object. | 
|---|
| 5616 | * @param     SrcObj  The object on the right side of the operator. | 
|---|
| 5617 | * @status    completely implemented. | 
|---|
| 5618 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 5619 | */ | 
|---|
| 5620 | BufferedRVARead & BufferedRVARead::operator =(BufferedRVARead &SrcObj) | 
|---|
| 5621 | { | 
|---|
| 5622 | hFile      = SrcObj.hFile; | 
|---|
| 5623 | cObjects   = SrcObj.cObjects; | 
|---|
| 5624 | paObjects  = SrcObj.paObjects; | 
|---|
| 5625 | ulRVA      = SrcObj.ulRVA; | 
|---|
| 5626 | if (ulRVA != ~0UL) | 
|---|
| 5627 | memcpy(&achBuffer[0], &SrcObj.achBuffer[0], sizeof(achBuffer)); | 
|---|
| 5628 | return *this; | 
|---|
| 5629 | } | 
|---|
| 5630 |  | 
|---|
| 5631 |  | 
|---|
| 5632 | /** | 
|---|
| 5633 | * Reads data to the buffer for a given RVA. | 
|---|
| 5634 | * @returns   NO_ERROR | 
|---|
| 5635 | *            ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER | 
|---|
| 5636 | *            Return code from ReadAt. | 
|---|
| 5637 | * @param     ulRVA  RVA to read at/near. | 
|---|
| 5638 | * @status    completely implemented; tested. | 
|---|
| 5639 | * @author    knut st. osmundsen | 
|---|
| 5640 | */ | 
|---|
| 5641 | ULONG BufferedRVARead::readToBuffer(ULONG ulRVA) | 
|---|
| 5642 | { | 
|---|
| 5643 | ULONG ulRVARead; | 
|---|
| 5644 |  | 
|---|
| 5645 | /* where to read? */ | 
|---|
| 5646 | if (ulRVA != this->ulRVA + sizeof(achBuffer) || this->ulRVA == ~0UL) | 
|---|
| 5647 | ulRVARead = this->ulRVA = ulRVA & ~(PAGESIZE-1UL); /* align on page boundrary - ASSUMES: buffersize >= PAGESIZE! */ | 
|---|
| 5648 | else | 
|---|
| 5649 | ulRVARead = this->ulRVA += sizeof(achBuffer); /* immediately after current buffer */ | 
|---|
| 5650 |  | 
|---|
| 5651 | ULONG cbLeftToRead = sizeof(achBuffer); | 
|---|
| 5652 | ULONG iObj = 0; | 
|---|
| 5653 | while (cbLeftToRead != 0UL) | 
|---|
| 5654 | { | 
|---|
| 5655 | while (iObj < cObjects | 
|---|
| 5656 | && ulRVARead >= (iObj + 1 < cObjects ? paObjects[iObj+1].ulRVA | 
|---|
| 5657 | : paObjects[iObj].ulRVA + ALIGN(paObjects[iObj].cbVirtual, PAGESIZE)) | 
|---|
| 5658 | ) | 
|---|
| 5659 | iObj++; | 
|---|
| 5660 | if (iObj >= cObjects) | 
|---|
| 5661 | { | 
|---|
| 5662 | this->ulRVA = ~0UL; | 
|---|
| 5663 | return ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER; | 
|---|
| 5664 | } | 
|---|
| 5665 |  | 
|---|
| 5666 | /* ulRVARead points at physical or virtual data? */ | 
|---|
| 5667 | if (ulRVARead < paObjects[iObj].ulRVA + paObjects[iObj].cbPhysical) | 
|---|
| 5668 | {   /* physical data - read from file */ | 
|---|
| 5669 | APIRET rc; | 
|---|
| 5670 | ULONG  cbToRead = min(paObjects[iObj].ulRVA + paObjects[iObj].cbPhysical - ulRVARead, cbLeftToRead); | 
|---|
| 5671 | rc = ReadAt(hFile, | 
|---|
| 5672 | ulRVARead - paObjects[iObj].ulRVA + paObjects[iObj].offPEFile, | 
|---|
| 5673 | &achBuffer[sizeof(achBuffer)-cbLeftToRead], | 
|---|
| 5674 | cbToRead | 
|---|
| 5675 | ); | 
|---|
| 5676 | if (rc != NO_ERROR) | 
|---|
| 5677 | { | 
|---|
| 5678 | this->ulRVA = ~0UL; | 
|---|
| 5679 | return rc; | 
|---|
| 5680 | } | 
|---|
| 5681 | cbLeftToRead -= cbToRead; | 
|---|
| 5682 | ulRVARead += cbToRead; | 
|---|
| 5683 | } | 
|---|
| 5684 | else | 
|---|
| 5685 | {   /* virtual data - memset(,0,) */ | 
|---|
| 5686 | ULONG cbToSet = (iObj + 1 < cObjects ? paObjects[iObj+1].ulRVA | 
|---|
| 5687 | : paObjects[iObj].ulRVA + ALIGN(paObjects[iObj].cbVirtual, PAGESIZE)) | 
|---|
| 5688 | - ulRVARead; /* calcs size of virtual data left in this object */ | 
|---|
| 5689 | cbToSet = min(cbToSet, cbLeftToRead); | 
|---|
| 5690 |  | 
|---|
| 5691 | memset(&achBuffer[sizeof(achBuffer)-cbLeftToRead], 0, (size_t)cbToSet); | 
|---|
| 5692 | cbLeftToRead -= cbToSet; | 
|---|
| 5693 | ulRVARead += cbToSet; | 
|---|
| 5694 | } | 
|---|
| 5695 | } | 
|---|
| 5696 |  | 
|---|
| 5697 | return NO_ERROR; | 
|---|
| 5698 | } | 
|---|
| 5699 |  | 
|---|
| 5700 |  | 
|---|
| 5701 | /* end of file */ | 
|---|